<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Guitar Noise &#187; Guitar Lessons</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/category/lesson/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com</link>
	<description>online to onstage</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 20 Mar 2010 07:52:56 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.9.2</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>Avoiding Avoidance</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/avoiding-avoidance/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/avoiding-avoidance/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2010 14:52:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Gerald Klickstein</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3249</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Numerous guitarists underachieve because they shirk regular practice. Gerald Klickstein describes how musicians can counter avoidance and keep their creativity rolling.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you ever dodge your creative work? Say, you plan to memorize a song in preparation for a gig, but when your practice time arrives, you race off to do some chore. It might be a chore that you detest, but now it calls to you. Then, instead of refining your music, you start cleaning the house or doing whatever.</p>
<p>If that scenario sounds familiar, you&#8217;re not alone. Artists of every sort contend with avoidant behaviors. Why do we sidestep doing what we love? The answer often stems from the nature of creativity.</p>
<p>When we practice, write, or otherwise innovate, we stretch our limits. We strive.</p>
<p>But striving takes us into the unknown, and that brings uncertainty: a band member might wonder whether he&#8217;ll get a solo polished in time for a show; a budding songwriter might question whether she&#8217;ll have a lyric ready ahead of a workshop.</p>
<p>If the uncertainty of creating unsettles us, then, to escape the discomfort, we might seek refuge&nbsp;in a mindless task: &#8220;This really needs doing,&#8221; we&#8217;ll congratulate ourselves as we reach for the mop.</p>
<p>Fortunately, there&#8217;s&nbsp;an antidote to avoidance.</p>
<p>First we have to notice an avoidant thought before we fall under its spell. Next we must act to do what we intend.</p>
<p>For instance, not long ago I was heading home to practice a demanding piece, and as I neared my front door I spotted some overgrown bushes: &#8220;I should put on my boots&nbsp;and cut those back,&#8221; I reasoned. (By the way, I loathe yard work.)</p>
<p>A&nbsp;moment later, as one part of me was sizing up the shrubbery, I caught myself. I recognized the avoidant thought for what it was. I then renewed my passion for the music I was tackling and dashed to my studio and tuned up my guitar. Avoidance avoided.</p>
<p>As I see it, we&#8217;re all going to have avoidant thoughts, especially when we&#8217;re under pressure or working on challenging material. So we need to keep countermoves handy.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s my anti-avoidance formula. I hope that it will help you stick to your practice schedule and achieve your creative goals.</p>
<p><span mce_name="u" mce_style="text-decoration: underline;" style="text-decoration: underline;" class="Apple-style-span">Counter Avoidance<br /> </span>1. Notice an avoidant thought.<br /> 2. Dispute&nbsp;it. (Laugh at yourself or just say &#8220;no.&#8221;)<br /> 3. Replace it with an affirmation: &#8220;Music feeds my soul.&#8221;<br /> 4. Act with full intention.</p>
<p>© 2010 Gerald Klickstein</p>
<p>For more creativity-boosting strategies, check out the following sections in my book <a rel="external" href="http://search.barnesandnoble.com/The-Musicians-Way/Gerald-Klickstein/e/9780195343137/?afsrc=1&amp;lkid=J28491658&amp;pubid=K222410&amp;byo=1" mce_href="http://search.barnesandnoble.com/The-Musicians-Way/Gerald-Klickstein/e/9780195343137/?afsrc=1&amp;lkid=J28491658&amp;pubid=K222410&amp;byo=1"><span mce_name="em" mce_style="font-style: italic;" style="font-style: italic;" class="Apple-style-span">The Musician&#8217;s Way</span></a> (Oxford, 2009): &#8220;Fueling Motivation&#8221; (p. 105-109), &#8220;Committing to the Creative Process (p. 109-113), &#8220;Boosting Creativity,&#8221; (p. 309-314). Related content propagates at the book&#8217;s free companion <a rel="external" href="http://www.musiciansway.com/" mce_href="http://www.musiciansway.com/">website</a>, <a rel="external" href="http://musiciansway.com/blog" mce_href="http://musiciansway.com/blog">blog</a>, and <a rel="external" href="http://www.musiciansway.com/joinlist.shtml" mce_href="http://www.musiciansway.com/joinlist.shtml">newsletter</a>.</p>
<p>Gerald Klickstein is Professor of Music at the University of North Carolina School of the Arts and an active guitarist, author, and arts advocate.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/avoiding-avoidance/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Improve Your Guitar Teaching</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/improve-your-guitar-teaching/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/improve-your-guitar-teaching/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2010 08:52:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Hess</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[education]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teaching]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3247</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sometimes the desire to fix every problem a student may have all at once may cause even more problems. Tom Hess describes how to break down a bad habit so that both teacher and student can tackle it in easy, manageable steps. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Although there are many different ways you can help your students become better guitar players and musicians, we can group almost everything you do into three main categories:</p>
<p>1. <strong>Inspiring and motivating your students</strong> &#8211; teaching guitar well is often more about inspiring your students than teaching a new scale, chord or song.</p>
<p>2. <strong>Teaching them &#8216;new things&#8217; to play/practice</strong> &#8211; Most guitar teachers understand this basic concept, but often struggle to know exactly how much &#8216;new content&#8217; is too little or too much for each student. Most teachers &#8216;overwhelm&#8217; their students with simply too much material in a short amount of time.</p>
<p>3. <strong>Helping them to solve their playing/musical problems</strong> &#8211; The best way to improve your guitar teaching is to understand exactly how to help any student overcome any problem.</p>
<p>Each of these areas has its own challenges, but for most teachers it is the last category (helping students solve guitar playing/musical problems) that can be the most difficult to consistently do well.</p>
<p>When teaching guitar to solve problems and bad habits, the first thing to do is be clear about  the process itself:</p>
<p><strong>Identify the true cause of the problem</strong>. Remember that &#8217;symptoms&#8217; of problems and &#8217;causes&#8217; of problems are often totally different things. A misdiagnosed problem (just like a misdiagnosed medical problem) can make things worse than doing nothing at all.</p>
<p><strong>Find proven solutions to overcome this problem</strong>. Yes, this seems like an obvious point, but often teachers &#8216;guess&#8217; or use the trial and error approach to teaching guitar. Surround yourself with other experienced guitar teachers. Ask them for their advice on your specific challenge, doing so may save you and your student a lot of time and frustration.</p>
<p><strong>Communicate the causes and your solution to your student&#8217;s problem</strong>. Again, this may seem like common sense, but fact is, most teachers do not fully explain the cause and solutions to the problems students have, they sort of skip this part and move directly into implementing the solution. The reason why communicating the cause and solution to your student is so important is that, without the student truly knowing what these things are, they often won&#8217;t truly practice your solution diligently at home.</p>
<p><strong>Implement the solution</strong> (training). To be the most effective, you need to do more than &#8216;teach what to do&#8217;, you need to &#8216;train&#8217; them to do it. The &#8216;teaching part&#8217; can usually be done quickly, but it is the &#8216;training&#8217; that takes the time. Think more like a sports trainer and less like a school teacher as you implement solutions while teaching guitar (more on this below).</p>
<p><strong>Hold their hand</strong> &#8211; You do not need to treat all your students like children (unless they are children), but when teaching guitar, it is important that you monitor your students&#8217; motivation level and help them to keep it high. A mediocre guitar teacher who keeps his/her students highly motivated will almost always get much bigger results than a great &#8216;technical&#8217; teacher who does little or nothing to keep students inspired and motivated &#8211; yet this is an area most teachers don&#8217;t do consistently well in &#8211; because they underestimate its importance.</p>
<p>Because students typically have multiple problems in their playing (inconsistent articulation, weak sense of timing, excess body tension, inefficient hand movement, excess string noise, just to name a few common ones), and because there are typically multiple causes to each of those problems, the hardest part about teaching guitar, as it relates to solving students&#8217; playing problems and breaking bad habits, is knowing the best order to deal with the causes of a student&#8217;s problems. Timing is critical and so is the order.</p>
<p>Many (well intentioned) teachers make the mistake of trying to use &#8216;linear logic&#8217; to help students break bad habits and overcome challenges. There are many problems with this, the main one is we don&#8217;t teach machines, we are teaching people. Everything we do, and when we do it, has a positive or negative impact in the mind of our students. In theory it might make perfect sense for a teacher to make the student deal with the most basic problems first. That seems logical right? Well, those that follow this all the time will have a hard time keeping students long enough to help them become the guitar players they wish to be.</p>
<p>Contrary to what many guitar teachers believe, fixing the most fundamental problems your students have in the beginning (or trying to break too many bad habits at once) does more harm than good for most students. Yes, problems and bad habits must be dealt with in order for your students to reach their maximum potential, but too much of this at the same time may kill the will for your students to endure the natural frustration that comes with learning to play guitar.</p>
<p>Each student is different and you need to get a sense of how much tolerance the student sitting in front of you can handle in the present moment. If you overestimate this, the result is likely going to lead to massive amounts of frustration for your student and he/she may give up lessons and playing guitar completely.</p>
<p>How long does it usually take your beginning guitar students, as an example, to sit or stand with &#8216;perfectly correct&#8217; posture, use perfect left and right hand positions, use the correct picking motions and articulation etc. etc. when playing and practicing? Sure you can teach this in a minute or two, but how long will it take that student to instinctively do this <em>all the time</em> on his/her own without you reminding them? For most students, it takes a long time.</p>
<p>Is it okay to let your students continue to play and practice guitar when you know many basic things are wrong and that they will form bad habits by allowing them to go on in this way?</p>
<p>Most guitar teachers would say, &#8220;no, it&#8217;s not okay&#8221; and then proceed to immediately try to correct all of them as soon as possible. Other guitar teachers simply don&#8217;t notice or don&#8217;t care enough to address these things. They figure as long as students keep coming back to lessons, everything is good.</p>
<p>The best approach for teaching guitar is neither. To be clear, your top priority should be to keep your student coming back for as many lessons as possible &#8211; not simply because you make more money that way, but because, if a student gives up lessons, you can do nothing to help him/her. Obviously, you must deal with problems and bad habits though (to not do this would be the same as only feeding kids candy and never real food).</p>
<p>When teaching guitar to solve a problem, avoid dealing with the entire problem and all its causes at once. Begin with the one thing you can do for your student that will be easiest for him/her to correct. This will help to build confidence that he/she can begin to overcome the problem and that doing so wasn&#8217;t extremely hard to start with. Pay attention to how much of this you think they can handle right now. If it looks good, then give them the next thing to fix.</p>
<p>Although some guitar playing problems and bad habits can be really big issues to deal with, try not to make the entire lesson only about solving problems. Most students need to get a sense of forward progress and even though solving problems <em>is</em> forward progress, they can&#8217;t always see that themselves even after you explain it to them, so give them something else that is fulfilling for them to play and practice.  A little sugar with the medicine helps it go down easier .</p>
<p>Test your <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/TestYourGuitarTeachingSkills.aspx">guitar teaching skills</a>.</p>
<p><strong>About the author:</strong> Tom Hess is a highly successful guitar teacher, professional touring guitarist and recording artist. He coaches other guitar teachers on <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/EliteGuitarTeachersInnerCircle.aspx">how to teach guitar</a></p>
<p>© Tom Hess Music Corporation All Rights Reserved</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/improve-your-guitar-teaching/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Solving Timing and Rhythm Problems</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/solving-timing-and-rhythm-problems-part-1/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/solving-timing-and-rhythm-problems-part-1/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 27 Feb 2010 05:24:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nick Minnion</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strumming]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3245</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Whether you are a guitar teacher or a self-taught guitar player you are likely to come across problems related to playing in time and interpreting rhythm. In this series of articles TeachGuitar.com's Nick Minnion looks at where these problems spring from and what can be done to address them.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>Part 1 &#8211; The left hand is what is wrong with the right hand.*</h3>
<p><em>*Note: In this article, the author assumes one is playing right handed, meaning that the right hand is doing the strumming and the left hand is fretting chords on the neck. So for all you lefties out there, and again for the purposes of this article, the &#8220;right&#8221; hand is the one you have dangling at the end of your left arm. Being left handed, you&#8217;re smart enough to figure that out!</em></p>
<h3>Why we all learn to play guitar the wrong way</h3>
<p>Students of the guitar in their first year of learning often complain that they can&#8217;t &#8220;seem to get a good strumming rhythm going.&#8221; They will inevitably attribute this to there being something wrong with their right hand action. They ask for advice about strumming patterns, pick grips, finger style patterns and so on, but all the time, what is really wrong with their right hand &#8230; is their left hand!</p>
<p>The fact is that almost everyone learns to play guitar with their hands working the wrong way round. Not, I hasten to add, because they&#8217;re stupid (otherwise they wouldn&#8217;t have chosen to learn guitar, would they? ), but because there is actually no real choice. Let me explain and I think you&#8217;ll see what I mean.</p>
<p>The &#8220;correct&#8221; way to play guitar is to establish a continuous steady rhythmic strumming or picking pattern with the right hand and then superimpose fretting chord shapes, licks and riffs on that pattern with the left hand. This is variously described as &#8220;right hand leading&#8221; or &#8220;making the left hand the slave of the right.&#8221;</p>
<p>When you first start learning guitar however, this &#8220;correct&#8221; way of playing is nigh impossible to achieve without guidance from a good guitar teacher. The problem lies in the fact that the left hand simply can&#8217;t at first, move anything like quickly enough from chord shape to chord shape. So the &#8220;continuous steady rhythmic movement of the right hand&#8221; is frequently interrupted by having to stop and wait for the left hand to catch up with it. Of course this is always more evident with the trickier chord shapes: C, F, B7, Dm etc&#8230;</p>
<p>As a teacher you can first help your students resolve the concern this causes them, by proving to them that actually their right hand works just fine; that they don&#8217;t &#8220;simply lack rhythm&#8221; or suffer from any other kind of musical blind spot.</p>
<p>This can be done by getting them to mute the guitar with their left hand (or by tying a sock round the neck!) and playing the guitar purely as a percussion instrument. I usually play a song in the normal way and ask them just to strum along on &#8220;percussion guitar&#8221; any way that seems, to them, to fit the rhythm I am playing. This approach instantly leads to a strong sense of confidence that the right hand actually works beautifully. This of course helps shift the attention back onto the left hand, which is where 99% of the work needs to be done in the first stages of learning guitar.</p>
<h3>First beat, first priority</h3>
<p>Over many years of teaching guitar, I have developed a method of ensuring that students learn to play in time from lesson one onwards. This approach really pays dividends, as it is always easier to make new habits than to break old ones.</p>
<p>To teach (or teach yourself) good timekeeping I suggest this approach:</p>
<p><strong>1.</strong> Pick a simple chord sequence – for now let&#8217;s use this easily recognisable generic sequence, done in 4/4 time, by the way:</p>
<p>G | Em | C | D7 :||</p>
<p><strong>2.</strong> Take time to see that your student memorises each shape, and then have them play each chord just once. One strum on G then one strum on Em and so on, round and round the sequence just practicing changing chord shapes.</p>
<p><strong>3.</strong> Once they can do this okay in their own time, set a timed task. How many times through the sequence can they get in sixty seconds?</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong> Whatever result they achieve, repeat the test. Have  them attempt to break their record.</p>
<p><strong>5.</strong> If any one change (for example Em to C) appears more problematical than the others, then focus in on it and iron it out by lots of repetitions. Then get back to the record-breaking test on the complete sequence.</p>
<p><strong>6.</strong> Once they can get through the sequence at least four times in sixty seconds go to the next step, otherwise it&#8217;s best just to keep repeating Step 5.</p>
<p><strong>7.</strong> Explain that you want them to strum the right chord on beat one of each bar, but for the other three beats they should focus on getting the next chord shape ready. Then count them in and strum along with them. You strum all four beats to help them keep count, but encourage them to join in only on the first beat of each bar. You encourage them with something like:</p>
<p>&#8220;Ready with the G chord? &#8230;One&#8230;Two&#8230;Three &#8230; Four &#8230; Strum! Ready with the E minor ?&#8230;Three &#8230; Four &#8230; Strum! Ready with the C? &#8230;Three &#8230; Four &#8230; Strum! Ready with the D7?&#8230;Three &#8230; Four &#8230; Strum! And back to the G &#8230; Three &#8230; Four. .. Strum!&#8230;&#8221;</p>
<p>As they get the hang of it you can catch your breath and cut out the blow-by-blow instruction.</p>
<p>This is actually a great exercise for all sorts of reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>It underlines the importance of arriving on time for the first beat in each bar.</li>
<li>It teaches the student to think ahead and move shapes early</li>
<li>It keeps them focused on the changes, which is where the work most needs to be done.</li>
<li>Above all it imprints them really early on with an experience of keeping in time.</li>
</ul>
<p>This all helps build a really firm foundation for future development.</p>
<p>In Part Two we&#8217;ll look at the dangers of using a metronome as well as how to find your &#8220;internal rhythmic centre.&#8221; And I why I hate songbooks that print the chord symbols above the lyrics!</p>
<p><em>Nick Minnion is a guitar teacher of some 38 years experience and is the author of several courses, books and articles on guitar teaching that can be accessed from his main website: <a rel="external" href="http://www.teachguitar.com">www.teachguitar.com</a></em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/solving-timing-and-rhythm-problems-part-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Ears Have It</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/the-ears-have-it/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/the-ears-have-it/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2010 04:38:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar columns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3183</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As the tutorial resources you have at your beck and call get more and more sophisticated, it gets harder to remember that learning guitar is all about playing guitar. That means if you want to be able to play your instrument, you have to go through all the "grunt work" - that means practicing. And for many players the biggest aspect they need to work on is not using their eyes.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As the tutorial resources you have at your beck and call get more and more sophisticated, it gets harder to remember that learning guitar is all about playing guitar. That means if you want to be able to play your instrument, you have to go through all the &#8220;grunt work&#8221; &#8211; that means practicing. And for many players the biggest aspect they need to work on is not using their eyes.</p>
<p>That may seem like a strange thing to say, but there are many places along one&#8217;s journey of learning the guitar where one eyes can actually make learning more difficult. Actually, it&#8217;s not really the eyes as much as it is the perceived (and pre-conceived) need to see.</p>
<p>&#8220;But,&#8221; you say, &#8220;what about if you&#8217;re a visual learner?&#8221; That is something that teachers hear over and over again these days. And while is it true that some people do learn quicker through a visual medium (and it&#8217;s exceedingly strange how reading, which is totally visual, seems to have fallen through the cracks and is no longer considered a &#8220;visual medium&#8221;), most people brains are, fortunately, quite adaptable and can switch gears quicker than one realizes. More on this later as it&#8217;s very important.</p>
<p>More to the point, though, is that music is <em>not</em> a visual medium, now matter what kind of spin you try to put on it. Music is heard or even felt as vibrations, but unless you go to concerts carrying a lot of sophisticated scientific equipment with you, you don&#8217;t see it. You can see all the peripherals of the show &#8211; the set, the lights, the costumes, the seemingly endless visual effects &#8211; but that is not the music. It&#8217;s the show and it&#8217;s important to remember that the two are separate.</p>
<p>When you play your guitar you also do not see the music. You see yourself playing the instrument. And, despite what I initially said, very important to beginners. Playing the guitar requires a bit of coordination. You need to correctly fret a note, which means that you have to be fretting the correct string in a &#8220;sweet spot.&#8221; You also have to pick the right string, too! Imagine doing that without looking!</p>
<p>But as one learns the guitar, this need to look at what the hands are doing can have some adverse effects. First off, in order to see your fingers on the frets, you have to tilt the neck of the guitar at an angle toward you. This creates two problems: First, with your guitar at that much of an angle, you&#8217;ve placed it in such a way that you cannot get the tips of your fingers in an optimal position to fret the notes. The angle dictates that the fingers are more flattened than &#8220;on point,&#8221; which increases the likelihood that you&#8217;re going to blunt some of the adjacent strings even if you do manage to fret the note you want.</p>
<p>Having the guitar tilted so that you can see the neck also places your wrist in a very awkward place. Ideally, you want your wrist to be relatively straight when you&#8217;re playing. There&#8217;s no way you can get it close to straight when tipping the neck to favor your eyes.</p>
<p>As a beginner, you have a fine line to walk here. Initially you are going to have to see what you&#8217;re doing. But you want to develop confidence in your fingers as soon as possible so that you don&#8217;t have to rely on your eyes to know they are sitting on the right place on the fretboard. This is why so many teachers first walk students through the many variations of the &#8220;one finger one fret&#8221; exercises when starting out. It helps to build that confidence and also makes you realize that you don&#8217;t have to see where your fingers go all the time.</p>
<p>Just as important, these simple exercises work to start developing your ear as well as your sense of touch. With very little concentrated practice, it&#8217;s amazing how quickly one can both hear and feel when a note is wrong. And this becomes more important as you get more serious about your playing.</p>
<p>So if you&#8217;re just starting out, make it a habit to try to set your guitar straight, parallel to your upper body, just as soon as you can. Read any of Jamie Andreas&#8217; articles and you&#8217;ll understand the importance of proper posture and position. Look at your fingers first and then set your guitar right and try to go by feel. Some people practice sitting in front of a mirror to help with being able to see. That&#8217;s okay, too, but again the point is to try to play without looking. After all, if you perform live you&#8217;re not going to be playing in front of a mirror! Yes, playing without looking will certainly be difficult at first, make no mistake about it.</p>
<p>But in the long run it will also make your learning easier. Whenever you run into a chord that you&#8217;re having difficulty fingering, merely setting yourself in good position, getting the fingers where they can optimally fret the strings can usually make a huge difference in playing a chord well. Not to mention cleanly!</p>
<p>Changing chords is another area where our eyes can slow us down. Not that they mean to do so, but when one watches ones fingers change chords the natural tendency is to slow things down and to have each finger work individually in order to better follow it with the eyes. It&#8217;s almost as if the fingers and eyes have a contract between them to make the signal to the brain better &#8211; &#8220;&#8230;first remove index finger and stretch it to the first fret and put in place, then remove ring finger&#8230;&#8221;</p>
<p>Ultimately, you want your fingers to work together as a unit to change chords (see Tom Hess&#8217; excellent article <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/teaching-chords/">Teaching Chords to Beginning Guitar Students</a></em> for some tips on doing so) and not relying on your eyes to supervise your chord changes will make you quicker and also more confident about your abilities. Not to belabor the point again, but you are far more likely to develop both your ear and your sense of touch more quickly once you push yourself to the point of not watching your every move.</p>
<p>And developing both your ear and your confidence in your fingers are two important by-products of getting past using your eyes. Read any interview by any guitarist whose ability and skills you admire. When he or she talks about learning it&#8217;s inevitably about how he or she would listen to his or her own idols and then try to play what was heard. The interviews rarely delve into just how much work that involved, it&#8217;s almost as if the interviewer has no idea how much time was spent getting things wrong! That&#8217;s important to think about, because ear training takes work, and if you never set aside time to practice using your ears, you won&#8217;t get a sense of phrasing or rhythm that are essential to being a great lead guitarist.</p>
<p>Speaking of rhythm, how many guitarists do you know who describe beats in terms of &#8220;ups and downs?&#8221; And how many do you know who count out the beats? Generally speaking, which ones have you found to have a better sense of rhythm? Chances are likely it&#8217;s those who count. When you count out rhythms you internalize them. You feel them. You cannot feel &#8220;up and down,&#8221; you can only copy a motion you&#8217;re seeing. It may be that watching someone gets you started, but until you develop the ability to internalize a rhythm you&#8217;re always going to need someone to get you started.</p>
<p>Please understand, none of this is to say that I don&#8217;t think using your eyes isn&#8217;t important or that being a &#8220;visual learner&#8221; means you&#8217;ve no chance of becoming a musician. All that I&#8217;m trying to teach you is to not let a convenient label keep you from making real progress on the instrument you love making music that means the world to you.</p>
<p>Our brains are incredibly wonderful and yet intensely dangerous things. They are wonderful in that we ultimately learn about the world using <em>all</em> our senses. And we truly need to use all our brain whenever possible. Most of us can smell something burning long before we see it, just to use an everyday example.</p>
<p>The brain is dangerous when we talk ourselves into a handicap that we don&#8217;t necessarily have. Saying &#8220;I am a visual learner&#8221; or &#8220;I need to see my fingers to play&#8221; takes all the pressure off, so I don&#8217;t have to worry or work harder when I stumble. More importantly, if I say it enough my brain will believe it and I&#8217;ll never be able to prove it otherwise, even if I manage to get good in spite of myself. If I say instead, &#8220;I prefer to learn visually but this is a musical instrument so I&#8217;m going to have to work on being able to use my fingers and my ears as well as my eyes, maybe even instead of my eyes&#8221; then I am letting my brain know that I need its help to coordinate all my abilities so that I can make music.</p>
<p>Way too many guitarists end up giving up playing because they don&#8217;t use all the abilities their brains have access to. It doesn&#8217;t take a genius to see that.</p>
<p>Speaking of seeing, here&#8217;s a final thought &#8211; as you get more serious about playing and start performing either solo or as part of a group, or even if you simply just jam with some friends, you&#8217;re going to need your eyes both to communicate and to catch communications with your band mates and audience. You&#8217;ll totally miss out on that if you have to constantly keep watch on your hands.</p>
<p>Until our next Guitar Column&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/the-ears-have-it/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pentamodal Idea</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/pentamodal-idea/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/pentamodal-idea/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2010 10:22:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Special to Guitar Noise</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[soloing and improvisation]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3179</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The pentatonic scale is, without doubt, one of the guitarist’s chief tools. Modes, on the other hand, can be confusing. Paul Tauteroff shows how guitar players who are already familiar with the pentatonic scale can learn and utilize the modes in their lead guitar playing.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Summary: </strong>The pentatonic scale is, without doubt, one of the guitarist&#8217;s chief tools. Modes, on the other hand, can be confusing. Paul Tauteroff shows how guitar players who are already familiar with the pentatonic scale can learn and utilize the modes in their lead guitar playing.</p>
<p><strong>Author&#8217;s Note:</strong> Prior knowledge of the five Minor Pentatonic box patterns and the 7 modal shapes is helpful for understanding this lesson, but not absolutely necessary.</p>
<p>As a guitarist, I am primarily self-taught and didn&#8217;t have any formal music theory training in the early stages of my playing. The first scales that I learned were the five positions or box patterns of the minor pentatonic scale. I wrote the diagrams out by hand, and would play (and draw) them constantly.</p>
<p>When I was first exposed to the seven modes of the major scale, I did the same thing; sketched the fretboard diagrams, studied how the shapes fit together, etc. Even after I had the modal shapes memorized, I was still having a difficult time actually applying them to my lead playing. Seven shapes just seemed like too many after becoming so accustomed to the five box patterns of the pentatonic scale.</p>
<p>Then I came up with an idea: What if I divided the modes of the major scale up into five scale chunks, based on the five Minor Pentatonic box patterns that I was already comfortable with? This way I would only have to add a couple of new notes to each of the five pentatonic boxes! For lack of a better name, I&#8217;ve decided to call this the <strong>Pentamodal Idea</strong>.</p>
<p>To demonstrate, let&#8217;s work out an example for a scale which is commonly used in rock guitar lead playing &#8211; the sixth mode of the Major Scale, Aeolian mode (a.k.a. the Natural Minor scale). And let&#8217;s use the key of A Minor (the relative minor of C Major) for our examples. This means that we will have five shapes, each one starting on a note of the A Minor Pentatonic scale (A, C, E, D and G).</p>
<p>Here is our <strong>1st Pentamodal shape,</strong> <strong>Aeolian Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong><img class="alignnone" title="Aeolian Mode with A Minor Pentatonic box 1 notes circled" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3179/1.jpg" alt="" width="254" height="173" /></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Aeolian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 1 notes circled</em></strong></p>
<p>In this example, as well as all those that follow, the notes of the A Minor Pentatonic scale are circled. The notes not circled are the two notes of the A Natural Minor scale that are not part of the Minor Pentatonic, which are B and F.</p>
<p>Because there is no B in the A Minor Pentatonic Scale, we will skip over the Locrian mode, which would normally follow Aeolian, since its first note (B at the seventh fret of the low E string) does not align with our A Minor Pentatonic scale box patterns.</p>
<p>Skipping the Locrian brings us to <strong>Pentamodal Pattern #2</strong>,<strong> Ionian Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong><img class="alignnone" title="Ionian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 2 notes circled" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3179/2.jpg" alt="" width="211" height="171" /></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Ionian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 2 notes circled</em></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that even though we may have skipped over the Locrian Mode, its notes are still available for us to use in our soloing via Patterns #1 and #2, we just aren&#8217;t thinking of it as its own individual shape or box pattern.</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>Continuing in order, <strong>Pattern #3</strong> consists of the <strong>Dorian</strong> <strong>shape:</strong></p>
<p><strong><img class="alignnone" title="Dorian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 3 notes circled" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3179/3.jpg" alt="" width="254" height="174" /></strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Dorian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 3 notes circled</em></strong><strong> </strong></p>
<p>Next is<strong> Pattern #4, </strong>which includes the<strong> Phrygian mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong><img class="alignnone" title="Phrygian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 4 notes circled" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3179/4.jpg" alt="" width="208" height="170" /></strong></p>
<p><em>Phrygian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 4 notes circled</em></p>
<p><em> </em></p>
<p>We will skip the mode that would normally follow Phrygian, (Lydian) because its first note, F, does not align with the Minor Pentatonic scale box pattern in our A Aeolian-based example.</p>
<p>This brings us to our<strong> 5th </strong>and final pattern, using the<strong> Mixolydian mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong><img class="alignnone" title="Mixolydian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 5 notes circled" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3179/5.jpg" alt="" width="252" height="167" /></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><em>Mixolydian Mode w/ A Minor Pentatonic box 5 notes circled</em></p>
<p><em> </em></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong>Key Points:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Remember, we&#8217;re still playing all of the notes of the seven modes, we&#8217;ve just chosen to break them up into 5 box patterns &#8211; like our minor pentatonic scales.</li>
<li>The above patterns will also work for a C Ionian (Major) root, since it is the relative major of A Aeolian Mode.</li>
<li>Depending on which mode we choose to be our #1 (root) or parent scale, different modes may be skipped over. For example, if A Dorian minor was our #1 scale, we would skip Phrygian (at B, the seventh fret of the low E string) and Lydian would be our #2 shape, at the 8th fret (the C note).</li>
<li>This is a &#8220;quick-and-dirty&#8221; method for assimilating the modes into your playing. Once you become familiar with using these shapes, I highly recommend also working out and memorizing the three note-per-string patterns for the modes. Box patterns are great for breaking ideas into small, easily digestible pieces, but you don&#8217;t want to be limited by them either.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you are not familiar with the pentatonic scale or want another angle on it, visit <a rel="external" href="http://paultauterouff.com/freeguitarlesson.php">http://paultauterouff.com/freeguitarlesson.php</a> to receive a free companion pentatonic lesson along with several other free bonus guitar lessons.</p>
<p>I hope this lesson has helped you to begin to implement modal sounds into your guitar playing &#8211; have fun!</p>
<p>©2010 Paul Tauterouff All Rights Reserved</p>
<p><strong>About The Author:</strong> Paul Tauterouff is a professional musician/ guitar teacher in New York. For more information visit Paul&#8217;s websites <a rel="external" href="http://paultauterouff.com/">http://paultauterouff.com</a> and <a rel="external" href="http://binghamtonguitarlessons.com/">http://binghamtonguitarlessons.com</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/pentamodal-idea/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Auto Correct In Guitar Practice</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/auto-correct-in-guitar-practice/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/auto-correct-in-guitar-practice/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Feb 2010 18:09:24 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jamie Andreas</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3171</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Is it better to practice a piece slowly at first or quickly? Teachers and players usually recommend slowly, but there are instances where fast might work. Jamie explores why both methods work, but more importantly details how to recognize and determine when one method is better than the other.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This question was a good opportunity to shed some light on some common areas of confusion regarding guitar practice&#8230;</p>
<blockquote><p>Hi Jamie,</p>
<p>I have a question about picking and building up to higher speeds.</p>
<p>I read somewhere that the late, great Shawn Lane once said, &#8220;Generally speaking, when practicing fast licks, it is supposed to be better to practice at a slow tempo and build up to speed. But my idea is &#8216;play as fast as you can even if you make mistakes.&#8217; In the beginning, you may lack precision but you can get over that. First gain speed and gradually get clearer. It&#8217;s a better way &#8211; at least I think so.&#8221;</p>
<p>This runs counter to what you and most other instructors teach. Obviously it worked for Shawn so it can&#8217;t be completely flawed, but is there anything of value in this statement for normal humans?</p>
<p>In a similar vein, Michael Angelo recommends picking as fast as you can first, then using that motion as your basic template for picking technique and practicing slow from there on, the idea being that the first picking-hand position you go with is the most natural and comfortable for you (I&#8217;m assuming this isn&#8217;t directed at complete beginners). Where do you stand on that idea?</p>
<p>Thanks for any comments and keep up the good work,</p>
<p>Bill</p></blockquote>
<p>Hi Bill,</p>
<p>Those are very interesting questions, and even though the contentions made are almost diametrically opposed to what I and many other teachers would advise, I think they deserve examination, and I even believe there is value to be discovered. In any case, as you say, when a great player says something, I always listen closely. They may not understand completely all the implications or related factors of what they are saying, but there is most likely something valid in their perceptions.</p>
<p>First of all, yes, I think we can safely assume that these procedures worked for these people, at least some of the time, and at least at <em>some</em> period in their development. However, we have no way of knowing if they could solve all their problems this way, and if they at times needed to employ other methods. We have no way of knowing if there were things they wanted to do and never were able to do, because these methods were not sufficient. And, we have no way of knowing if these methods only became effective after a certain period of technical development had taken place.</p>
<p>I think we should keep these uncertainties in mind when examining this issue.</p>
<p>And as long as we are talking about things that we can and cannot be certain of, I will tell you this without a doubt: for the vast majority of people attempting to learn guitar, these methods will bring exactly what they <em>do</em> bring for the thousands of guitar students I have met in my life: these methods of practice and problem solving will bring almost insurmountably disastrous results! I am talking about technique that is so flawed, so limited, and so ingrained into the players muscle memory that most people, without the benefit of the remedial techniques GuitarPrinciples offers, will simply never overcome them.</p>
<p>So, what is going on here?</p>
<p>I really think that when Shawn Lane says &#8220;in learning a new lick, just keep playing it over and over. The mistakes will gradually get worked out and it will get cleaner,&#8221; he is talking about learning a lick that is already well within the level of your ability. It is on the same plane as your <em>horizontal growth</em> at the present time. It does not contain movements that are beyond you at the moment, things you cannot do comfortably or smoothly at any speed.</p>
<p>There are many things I can play perfectly at sight, having never seen the music before. That is because (aside from knowing the neck well), there is nothing there I have not seen a million times before, and nothing there I cannot execute with almost no conscious thought. Then, there are things I can play pretty well, perhaps not up to tempo, and perhaps with some mistakes. I will have to work on them a bit, because they are simply more complex, and perhaps contain movements I am not so familiar with, or are completely new. Perhaps I need actual physical development of some muscle or nerve connection to play it well.</p>
<p>Then, there are really difficult things I have never played before (remember, I play mostly classical). The best players have to take months to perhaps a year to do the kind of analysis and practice necessary for extremely difficult music (and bring it to &#8220;performance level&#8221;). It is very important to keep in mind that many styles, especially improvised styles, use a relatively small number of discretely different movement patterns. If you are a rock or blues player, most likely, you are doing essentially the same movements, perhaps in different contexts and with different inflections, throughout your whole playing life. Even new licks are not too different than the ones you know. Of course, every player is going to fall somewhere on this spectrum in terms of variability of movement patterns, and that will influence the practice methods you find effective.</p>
<h3>Auto Correct</h3>
<p>I actually have a name for this idea of &#8220;doing something over and over until it starts coming out right.&#8221; I call it &#8220;auto-correct.&#8221; I use it myself, and I use it with students. However, it is important to know how to use it, when to use it, and especially, when not to use it.</p>
<p>I may have a student sitting in front of me, playing something we have worked on awhile. He or she may mess up a passage, and I will say &#8220;okay, take that part again.&#8221; But, I will add these extremely important words &#8220;increase your attention and intention before and during this next attempt.&#8221; In other words, some mistakes will occur simply because we are not paying enough attention to what we are doing, or, even more likely, are not thinking ahead to our next series of movements, including hearing the music in our heads as we play. So, my first line of attack with mistakes where music has already been practiced is &#8220;auto-correct.&#8221; It very well may happen that by simply going over the passage a few times with strong mental focus (and it is always a big help to play it mentally before each new attempt), it starts to improve. But, if the mistake does not yield to this approach, it is a good indication that something else is going on, that the problem is not in the mind, so to speak, but in the fingers.</p>
<p>It could be bad fingering, unclear fingering, erratic fingering, physical tension in any part of the body; a million different things. At that point, a diagnostic process of analysis must be conducted, and there is only one way to do it. If you doggedly stick with &#8220;auto-correct,&#8221; the methods you have asked me about, you are going to be a seriously frustrated guitarist, because when the problem is of this nature, <em>it does not fix itself</em>!</p>
<p>Another point to appreciate is this: in my book &#8220;The Deeper I Go,&#8221; I define intelligence as &#8220;responsive awareness.&#8221; I also make the point that there are many domains of intelligence, and physical intelligence is one of them. Some people&#8217;s bodies are more naturally &#8220;responsively aware&#8221; than others. For these people, auto-correct is going to work at an earlier date in their development, and more strongly. However, all of us can teach our bodies to be responsively aware, to be &#8220;intelligent,&#8221; that is what proper training is all about. The more sophisticated our technique becomes through training, the more &#8220;auto-correct&#8221; will work for us, and in increasingly complex situations.</p>
<p>But, much more important than all of this is to know what to do when auto-correct is not solving our problem, which is 99% of the time! What must be done is, essentially, the Basic Practice Approach (the fundamental practice methodology taught in The Principles). I will say to the student having trouble with something, &#8220;play the passage for me no tempo; show me the bottom of your practice.&#8221; That will tell me all I need to know. I will see the discomfort the student is truly experiencing (without knowing it), and I will see what they are doing to create or exacerbate that discomfort. I see what is wrong, why it is wrong, and what to do about it, and then we get to work.</p>
<h3>Expanding Upon A Basic &#8220;Template&#8221;</h3>
<p>Now let&#8217;s talk about this other idea of learning a skill by simply having a go at it as fast as you can, observing the action, and assuming that the details of that action are the best possible ones for you to use, and so should be developed.</p>
<p>Well, my first reaction is &#8220;try it, see how it works.&#8221; I imagine it may be a good idea, and bring good and <em>maybe</em> the best results for some very few people, but again, all of my decades of teaching experience have shown me otherwise. In fact, my basic attitude is, all things being equal, the untrained fingers are incredibly stupid, and can almost always be depended upon to do things in the worst way possible. In fact, it would usually be better to watch what your fingers do, and then train them to do just the opposite!</p>
<p>Now, please remember I am not laying down hard and fast &#8220;this is the way it is for everybody all the time&#8221; type of rules, because there are none. There are so many variables involved in this whole subject that no rules could ever hold true always. My philosophy is to listen to everybody, think about everything, try everything you have a mind to, and then assess and analyze results. We just really need to be careful in this whole endeavor. I would not be surprised that someone who based their picking technique on the first available action template that presented itself would never know whether they were, by doing so, making many other skills inaccessible to themselves down the road. We frequently hear of long time players who wish they could change this or that about their technique, having discovered superior approaches later in life.</p>
<p>So, those are my thoughts concerning the provocative statements made by these great players. If I were to summarize my reaction to the substance of your questions concerning the statements of these players of great natural talent who, as great players often will, have temporarily taken on the role of teachers, I would say this: it is a perfect illustration of why so often great players are lousy teachers, unless they are teaching already great players!</p>
<p><strong>Copyright </strong>© <strong>2005-2010 Jamie Andreas. All rights reserved.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Response from internationally recognized guitarist and music educator, Troy Stetina:</strong></p>
<blockquote><p><strong> </strong>Jamie,</p>
<p>Wonderful insights. When I read these things you write, I always find myself thinking, &#8220;yeah, very true.&#8221; You always seem to be articulating things that I am aware of, but had not refined into such clearly stated truths. So it&#8217;s always very cool to see you hitting the nail on the head.</p>
<p>This was a particularly interesting one&#8230; Right on target here with how many great players practice methods work, but only under certain circumstances. When people ask me about my own practice now, I must always qualify my answer, saying that when I was developing technique my practice was quite different. What I do these days for &#8220;practice&#8221; is only a matter of &#8220;dusting off&#8221; skills already previously developed. That is a completely different animal from &#8220;inputting&#8221; the unconscious routines in the first place.</p>
<p>Thanks for all your efforts and insights,</p>
<p>Troy Stetina</p></blockquote>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/auto-correct-in-guitar-practice/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Getting Past &#8216;Up and Down&#8217; &#8211; Part 2: &#8220;Turning Notes into Strokes&#8221;</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/getting-past-up-and-down-part-2/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/getting-past-up-and-down-part-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2010 08:10:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar columns]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[strumming]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3125</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you know how to read notation, specifically the rhythm values of notation, you never have to worry about figuring out strumming patterns because everything is spelled out for you. In this lesson, we'll use the main guitar parts from Jack Johnson's song "Taylor" to demonstrate how easy strumming can be.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ages ago, in &#8220;Part 1&#8243; of <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/getting-past-up-and-down-part-1/">Getting Past &#8220;Up and Down</a></em>, you learned about sock puppets and the importance of keeping the &#8220;sock puppet saying no&#8221; motion going to ensure steady strumming. Doing so gives you an automatic metronome that helps you maintain a smooth and steady beat.</p>
<p>This becomes very important when you encounter more complicated rhythms, as you&#8217;ll soon see. But I&#8217;d like to take a moment to clue you in to something that will also help you immensely when it comes to playing rhythm &#8211; written music notation. Notes written in musical notation do double duty. They tell you which note to play and they also tell you how long any given note should last in terms of beats.</p>
<p>Tablature is certainly helpful, but usually only to a point. For example, take a moment and play this for me:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 1" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/1.gif" alt="" width="417" height="146" /></p>
<p>You certainly can handle the notes themselves, but notes are only one part of music. Rhythm is another and it can be very important. How important? Well, suppose I tell you that the example you just played is the first line of the Christmas carol <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/joy-to-the-world/">Joy to the World</a></em>? Did you play it like that the first time? Or did you play it simply, giving each note a single beat? Quite a difference, no?</p>
<p>Since we&#8217;re truly only concerned with strumming (for now, anyway), you only have to concern yourself with reading the rhythm aspects of notation. We&#8217;ve a number of lessons here at Guitar Noise about this, like <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/reading-musical-notation-part-2/">Timing is Everything</a></em>. You might want to take a few moments to look that one over, particularly since it gets into counting and that&#8217;s right at the heart of what we&#8217;re discussing.</p>
<p>When you count out the beats of the song, you usually do so in terms of quarter notes. We did this in &#8220;Example 1&#8243; in Part 1, where you strummed down each quarter note like this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 2" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/2.gif" alt="" width="382" height="247" /></p>
<p>I&#8217;d like to take a moment now to introduce some of you to <em>rhythm notation</em>. Rhythm notation uses just the rhythm part of notation. Instead of writing all the notes of a chord out in notation, a simple slash is stuck at the end of a stem, like this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 3" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/3.gif" alt="" width="393" height="237" /></p>
<p>These are four quarter notes of the G chord, just as you saw in &#8220;Example 2&#8243; a few moments ago. It doesn&#8217;t matter in the slightest where on the staff, on whichever line or space, the slash appears. All you&#8217;re concerned with is that they are quarter notes. Many music books use rhythm notation without staffs, placing strumming notation above a lyric line.</p>
<p>We&#8217;ll use rhythm notation for our next few examples. I&#8217;m not going to bother putting a chord in the following examples so you should feel free to use whatever chord you&#8217;d like.</p>
<p>Getting back to our quick review of &#8220;Part 1,&#8221; you also read and saw how when you strum in quarter notes, you&#8217;re actually strumming in eighth notes when you take the upstrokes into account:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 4" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/4.gif" alt="" width="481" height="208" /></p>
<p>So far, so good. Now how about if you want to play some more complicated rhythms, maybe something in the style of Jack Johnson, perhaps? He&#8217;s actually a great choice because most (if not all) of his music is available in books, which means you don&#8217;t have to guess how he strums things, it&#8217;s all written down for you!</p>
<p>You may be wondering how that is possible. After all, no one probably went and marked every downstroke or upstroke on the notation. And you&#8217;d be perfectly right about that. But if you take a moment and apply your brain, using the information you got in &#8220;Part 1,&#8221; you&#8217;d make some important discoveries.</p>
<p>Suppose you want to play a rhythm where the fastest notes are sixteenth notes? First, you have to think about strumming in eighth notes. Why? Because sixteenth notes are half the value of eighth notes, just like eighth notes are half the value of quarter notes. So if you were to strum a measure of eighth notes with all downstrokes, like this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 5" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/5.gif" alt="" width="457" height="217" /></p>
<p>That means you&#8217;d be strumming in sixteenth notes when you take the upstrokes into account, like this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 6" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/6.gif" alt="" width="444" height="219" /></p>
<p>Of course, more likely than not, you&#8217;re not going to be overly challenged by a rhythm that is either straight eighth notes or straight sixteenth notes. The fun comes when things get a little uneven, such as in strumming something like Jack Johnson&#8217;s song, <em>Taylor</em>.  Here&#8217;s the riff that gets played pretty much throughout the song:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 7" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/7.gif" alt="" width="473" height="501" /></p>
<p>This looks kind of formidable unless you are able to see it and say, &#8220;Hey, that&#8217;s all sixteenth notes! Some of them have ties, but they are all sixteenth notes and I can do that!&#8221; First, chart all the notes out and ignore the ties. Since the two measures of this riff have the same rhythm, I&#8217;m going to just use the first one in the next two examples:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 8" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/8.gif" alt="" width="495" height="304" /></p>
<p>Now, when a note is tied, that means you just play the first of the tied notes and not the second. That means that we miss whatever strum happens to fall on the second of the tied notes, like this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 9" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/9.gif" alt="" width="507" height="309" /></p>
<p>Instead of the rhythm and the strumming being a total mystery, you&#8217;ve got it down perfectly. Let&#8217;s try the whole riff:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 10" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/10.gif" alt="" width="496" height="581" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3125/TAYLOR01.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>That wasn&#8217;t hard at all, was it? Not to figure out, anyway! Executing the strumming correctly will take a bit of practice, but nothing you aren&#8217;t capable of.</p>
<p>In the chorus sections of <em>Taylor</em>, a second acoustic guitar part comes in playing some open position chords while the first guitar is playing the riff we just worked out. Here is how the strumming of the second guitar looks in notation (rhythm notation this time):</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 11" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/11.gif" alt="" width="431" height="369" /></p>
<p>By the way, I&#8217;m going to use a regular open position G instead of the &#8220;G5&#8243; if that&#8217;s okay with you. I just like the sound of it better. Following the same process we just used for the first guitar part, we notice that there is a combination of eighth notes and sixteenth notes here. First, we want to just write out the count, and here&#8217;s something very interesting about that &#8211; It seems that many notation software programs, particularly those used in guitar books, usually separate out the groups of sixteenth notes or eight notes or dotted eighth and dotted sixteenth notes and what have you, in clusters of single beats. This makes writing out the count a lot easier, as you can see:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 12" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/12.gif" alt="" width="438" height="388" /></p>
<p>Finally, just add in our upstrokes and downstrokes according to where they fall in the count and you&#8217;re good to go:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 13" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3125/13.gif" alt="" width="450" height="436" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3125/TAYLOR02.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>You&#8217;ve gotten quite a bit to digest here, so we&#8217;ll save going into even more complicated rhythms for next time.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/getting-past-up-and-down-part-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3125/TAYLOR01.mp3" length="1329109" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3125/TAYLOR02.mp3" length="1521370" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Respecting Others While You Practice</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/respecting-others-while-you-practice/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/respecting-others-while-you-practice/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 Jan 2010 09:24:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Mark Mills</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3106</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Practicing the electric guitar can be problematic in the best of situations, and downright hard when you have to worry about your volume levels. Mark Mills returns to the pages of Guitar Noise with a very cool solution that lets you practice at a more than reasonable volume while not disturbing either your family or your neighbors.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<blockquote><p><strong>EDITOR&#8217;S NOTE:</strong> </p>
<p>Please be aware that the advice in this article is meant, primarily, for those for have solid state amplifiers (the author himself has a Crate GLX 120). </p>
<p>With tube amplifiers, the situation changes. The speaker (generically, a &#8220;load&#8221;) should not be disconnected from a tube amplifier without the substitution of a nearly equivalent &#8212; but silent! &#8212; resistive load. All the power that would have gone into the speaker ends up being absorbed in the power (output) amp transformer (part of tube amp design) and fries either the transformer or something else. It is entirely possible that someone HAS managed to do this with a tube amp and not damage it, as disconnecting a serial EFX loop as shown also removes signal from the power amp stage. That would save the tube amp. But even so, destruction is still possible if: EFX loop is a parallel loop (v. unusual) or the person forgets to reattach the speaker before playing through the amp normally.</p>
<p>Most solid state amps do not have this issue due to fundamental differences in principles of design and operational. In other words, never operate a tube amplifier or any large wattage tube or solid-state amplifier without a proper output load: e.g., properly rated speaker, resistive load or power soak device. Only use this method on a smaller wattage, solid state amplifier.</p>
<p>And <em>always</em> consult the amplifier&#8217;s user manual to confirm that no load (no speaker, no resistor, no power soak) operation will not damage the amplifier.</p></blockquote>
<p>Back in 1975 when I first took up the electric guitar, my family lived in a two-family duplex. Our apartment was situated over a retired couple. She was very ill most of the time and needed her sleep. He was a classical music aficionado. There was neither insulation nor soundproofing between the floors. So imagine their joy when the gangly teen upstairs comes home with a new guitar and amp in one hand, and KISS&#8217; &#8220;Alive!&#8221; in the other.</p>
<p>Really, they were pretty good sports about the whole thing. I only had to keep my amp and stereo down to levels so low, I swear my hearing actually became more acute. It may be the only instance where someone&#8217;s hearing improved from rock music.</p>
<p>Years later when I began playing electric guitar seriously again, I found myself disturbing people once again! I was distracting my sons from the mayhem splattered on Playstation, and my wife had problems focusing on Kiefer Sutherland. Fortunately, and thanks to my friend Kenny, technology has advanced enough to allow me to irreversibly damage my hearing without disturbing anyone in the next room.</p>
<p>Below is a very simplified diagram of how I am able to quietly practice along with sound or video files using a minimum of out of pocket expense. Your only prerequisite is an effects loop channel on your amplifier.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3106/1.jpg "><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3106/1.jpg" alt="Practice diagram" width="531" height="502" /></a></p>
<p>The first step is to disconnect one of the connections on the amplifier&#8217;s speaker. Mine uses a simple spade connector which slides on and off without any metal fatigue.</p>
<p>Next is to run a patch from the SEND jack on the effects loop and run that to the LINE IN connection on my Windows PC. This did require a trip to Radio Shack for the patch cord with a ¼&#8221; plug. Plus I needed an adapter to reduce the plug to a 1/8&#8243; to connect to the PC&#8217;s soundcard.</p>
<p>The external speaker connects to the LINE OUT jack on the soundcard. PC speakers with their own power supply are the preferred method as I will outline in a second.</p>
<p>Now, plug your headset into the respective jack on your external PC speakers. You may have to tweak your audio properties from the system tray to allow the signal from the LINE IN to be heard. Speakers with their own power supply usually come with their own headset jack as well as volume and tone controls. The headset jack on the front of most PCs has no external volume or tone controls, and adjusting them via audio properties is clumsy while holding your instrument. USB powered speakers may have volume control, but not a headphone jack. Myself I have a set of Hewlett Packards that I picked up at Walmart for less than $20.</p>
<p>Now you can play along with CDs, sound files, or even YouTube instructional videos without driving someone else up the wall.</p>
<p>Although you can run this as loud as you want, since you&#8217;re using headphones, it doesn&#8217;t take much to seriously damage your hearing. So be sensible and keep the volume at a point where you can clearly hear what&#8217;s going on. If you can hear someone in the same room you&#8217;re in talk to you (without yelling), you&#8217;re fine. If your headset is at the distortion point, or your neighbors can hear what you&#8217;re doing, turn it down. Also, driving your amp&#8217;s signal into the PC at too high a level may also run a damaging amount of voltage into the system bus. Again, use sensible levels. If you want to practice at a Ted Nugent-sized volume, maybe you should look into renting a place.</p>
<p>There are amps on the market now which not only have a place for plugging in your headset, but also an input jack for additional audio sources. However, if you don&#8217;t have one of those, this makes for a very adequate alternative.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/respecting-others-while-you-practice/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Practice For Maximum Guitar Speed</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practice-guitar-speed/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practice-guitar-speed/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 23 Jan 2010 11:13:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Hess</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3096</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How many times have you done something absolutely fast in practice only to flub it in a "real" situation, like playing with your band or just jamming with your friends? Tom outlines and explains seven simple steps to help you work on developing your speed on the fretboard straight away and also to be able to keep that speed you perfect in practice when you perform.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever noticed that playing something clean and fast is much harder when playing an actual song compared to when you practice that same lick or solo over and over again?</p>
<p>When trying to increase your guitar speed, the most important thing to remember is that you must be able to use your faster speed in songs (otherwise, what is the point of learning how to increase your speed in the first place?). Few things about guitar playing are more frustrating for people than having worked so hard to acquire good technique and speed on the guitar but then not being able to use it in real life playing situations, yet most players struggle with this to some extent.</p>
<div>
<p>During your practice sessions, even when practicing strictly to increase your speed, think about &#8216;real life&#8217; guitar speed challenges. Here are three very common &#8216;real life&#8217; playing situations that many players typically struggle with when applying their speed to &#8216;real music&#8217;:</p>
<ol>
<li>Moving from playing rhythm guitar directly into playing a fast / challenging lead guitar solo or lick.</li>
<li>Immediately playing a high speed lead guitar part after playing nothing before (from a dead start).</li>
<li>Playing fast licks consecutively that require you to use drastically different guitar techniques, positions on the neck, or hand positions.</li>
</ol>
<p>There are both easy and more advanced (though also more effective) solutions to the problems listed above. Here are seven of the easy solutions that you can use right away to increase your &#8216;useable&#8217; guitar speeds. Because of the fact that most causes of the problems guitar players have are actually mental (not physical), some of the solutions may seem to have nothing to do with &#8216;playing guitar&#8217;, but in fact they are extremely effective in many cases.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>One way to overcome problems when a sudden burst of speed is needed (like when you go directly from a rhythm part to a fast lead guitar lick) is to &#8216;breathe out&#8217; (exhale) just before (and during) playing the first fast or hard speed lick.</p>
<p><strong>2.</strong> Guitar players who eventually develop a lot of physical speed in their hands often find their next challenge is to overcome slow &#8216;mental processing&#8217;. This means that the hands actually outrun the mind&#8217;s ability to analyze what is going on &#8216;in real time&#8217;. Two-hand synchronization problems, rhythmic timing errors of the lead guitar solo against the rhythm of the song, inconsistent articulation, excess string noise, the inability to smoothly shift positions on the neck are just a few of the common problems that occur when mental processing breaks down as the hands are playing at high speeds.</p>
<p>When teaching my virtuoso level students, I often spend a great deal of time helping them to avoid this problem before it occurs. The place to start is to find exactly where your mental awareness is at various speeds. This is much easier to do with an experienced teacher, but you can try this on your own.</p>
<p>Play something at about half your top lead guitar playing speed and notice how consciously &#8216;aware&#8217; you are of all the issues mentioned above as you play. Of course when you test yourself, the results won&#8217;t be truly accurate because you are focusing on doing this little test and not playing in the way you normally do, that is why having a guitar teacher to test you and gauge your processing is much better to get real results from the testing. If you notice any issues with your mind&#8217;s ability to &#8216;analyze&#8217; the details of your playing, then write down what the issue was and the speed you played at (use a metronome for this).</p>
<p>If you aren&#8217;t sure if this mental analysis is accurate, record yourself and then listen back to your recording. When you listen back to the recording, do you now hear things that you didn&#8217;t hear before, when you were playing? If yes, you have identified a mental processing issue that needs to be fixed. If no, then increase the speed on the metronome gradually until you do find a mental processing problem.</p>
<p>Once you discover a mental processing problem, you need to slow down the speed on the metronome and spend some time practicing at speeds where you can fully hear (and think about) what is really going on in your guitar playing. The goal is to shorten the time it takes for your brain to analyze what is going on and then make the necessary adjustments in your physical guitar playing &#8216;in real time&#8217; (at full speed).  As you play, focus on the problem you have identified and try to make the adjustments needed to fix it while playing (without stopping).</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>One simple solution to solve the problem with shifting positions on the fingerboard at high speeds is to simply fix your eyes on where the first note of the new position will be. So for example, if you are playing a phrase near the 5th fret and your next phrase will begin on the 14th fret, once the first phrase has begun, you probably don&#8217;t need to watch &#8216;every note&#8217; of that phrase with your eyes (unless you are a beginner), so fix your eyes on the 14th fret and stare at it until you get there. Simple solution, but very effective for most issues dealing with simple position shifts.</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>To overcome the very common problem of switching from rhythm guitar playing to fast lead guitar playing, we need to look at two possible causes for the problem. In this case it could be a physical problem because all the rhythm playing may not be enough for your hands to be warmed up (and to keep them warm) for the coming solo. Make sure you are warmed up before playing the song. If you are performing live keep your fingers warm by doing warm up exercises in between songs (if there is time). You can also use heat. I have sometimes used a personal heater that is set up on the side of the stage, in between songs it is sometimes possible to quickly warm up your fingers.</p>
<p>The second possible cause to the rhythm/lead guitar switching problem is a mental one. There is not enough space in an article to go into great detail about exactly why this happens in guitar players&#8217; minds, so let&#8217;s just get to one of the possible solutions. Simply dedicate some daily practice time (maybe 10-15 minutes) to switching back and forth between lead and rhythm. In a 10-minute period you can make this change back and forth at least 500 times.</p>
<p>5.	Just like the problem players have with switching back and forth between rhythm and lead guitar playing, another challenge is playing a high speed guitar solo when you haven&#8217;t played any notes just before that. This can be quite challenging for all the reasons mentioned in the point above plus, because there is no momentum in either hand just before the solo, it can be even harder to go perfectly into a very fast lead guitar part.</p>
<p>To get started to solve this problem, spend some practice time going back and forth between playing &#8216;nothing&#8217; and playing your first high speed guitar lick. It&#8217;s one thing to practice the same lick over and over again, but that doesn&#8217;t help you to &#8216;use&#8217; the speed you have developed if you need to play that same fast lick when there is nothing played before it in an actual song.</p>
<p><strong>6.</strong> If you&#8217;ve ever practiced a technique or lick at high speeds over and over again with good results, but struggle to play it within the context of the entire solo, the problem is likely that you may not have been practicing a wide variety of techniques in random order. Try practicing a bunch of different techniques in a random order so you get used to combining different types of guitar techniques at high speed. To learn more about this, download this free 110 page Guitar Practice eBook.</p>
<p><strong>7. </strong>Another cool solution to many of the problems discussed above is to begin your first fast lick with a little bit of legato. If you&#8217;re an Yngwie Malmsteen fan, you hear this used all the time in these playing situations. Not only does it help to solve these challenges, but it also sounds cool (obviously Yngwie wouldn&#8217;t use this if he didn&#8217;t like the sound). When you hear him play a really fast descending scale for example (especially when he plays rhythm guitar just before the fast lick) notice that he usually picks only the first note of the first string. He uses pull-offs for the remaining notes of that string and then his 2 hands synchronize together to play the rest of scale as he picks all the remaining notes (the final note being a common exception).</p>
<p>To get more guidance on how to practice to build your guitar speed, download this <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/HowToPracticeGuitarFreeEbook.aspx">free guitar practice ebook</a>.</p>
<p>About the author: Tom Hess is a professional guitarist and <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/CorrespondenceGuitarLessons.aspx">teaches electric guitar lessons online</a>.</p>
<p>©Tom Hess Music Corporation.</p>
<p>All Rights reserved.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practice-guitar-speed/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hello In There &#8211; John Prine  &#8211; Songs for Intermediates #29</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hello-in-there/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hello-in-there/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2010 18:17:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[songs for intermediates]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3045</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here is a beautiful song from songwriter extraodinaire John Prine. This is another arrangement that most beginners can handle, plus we get into some discussion about choosing keys and chord voicings when creating arrangements. And you also get to hear how easy it is to turn this into a simple two-guitar arrangement.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>There are days when I could use the services of the Sorting Hat. This song lesson, a look at John Prine&#8217;s <em>Hello In There</em>, from his eponymous 1971 debut album, could easily be place in the Easy Songs for Beginners section. It&#8217;s not really all that hard, once you get the picking pattern into your fingers. And, as always, the picking pattern is simply a guideline. You could come up with all sorts of ways of playing it, even simply strumming instead of picking when you know the chord progression.</p>
<p>But just because this is an &#8220;easy intermediate&#8221; song, that doesn&#8217;t mean we can&#8217;t learn something (or more than a few somethings) about it. And that&#8217;s the whole point of all these lessons here at Guitar Noise, right?</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>Even though I&#8217;d heard this song for ages, I didn&#8217;t ever play it until the day a friend brought it along to one of the jam sessions we&#8217;d have in Chicago. His chord chart showed the song in the key of C, which I assumed was the key that the original recording was in. The first verse, and the chorus, looked like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/1.gif" alt="Chord Sheet Example 1" width="371" height="425" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/2.gif" alt="Chord Sheet Example 1 continued" width="345" height="217" /></p>
<p>Being a jam session, we obviously had a number of guitarists, so I quickly worked out two &#8220;up the neck&#8221; transpositions in order to be able to play in a different position and add a bit more to the song. The first was in G (which meant playing with a capo on the fifth fret) and the second was in A (capo on the third fret).</p>
<p>The next time I had the chance to play this was years later, as <em>Hello In There</em> turned up in one of Nick Torres&#8217; songsheet collections. Owing to time, I&#8217;m not even sure we gave it a cursory going-over.</p>
<p>But when someone asked for a lesson dealing with a John Prine song, this is the one that came to mind first. And it&#8217;s kind of interesting because when I took a look at some recent videos of Prine playing the song, I noticed that he currently (or at least less than two years ago) is playing and singing the song in the key of A. He uses a capo on the second fret and plays open position chords in the key of G.</p>
<p>Now, if I were relying solely on information from the Internet without applying a bit of my brain to it, I might be lost because the majority of the tab / cheat sheets available on the Internet still put the song in C. C certainly may have been the key of the original recording (I don&#8217;t have a copy to verify that, sorry), but as people age their vocal range can change and that&#8217;s probably why John Prine currently plays it in A.</p>
<p>The point is that even when you know the chords of a song, you may have learned them in a key that&#8217;s very hard for you to sing in. And even using a capo may become problematic. For instance, my vocal range is not at all like John Prine&#8217;s (and that&#8217;s certainly an understatement!). I&#8217;m very comfortable singing this song in Eb or even E. That would mean putting a capo on the eighth or ninth fret if I wanted to use the same G based chords that Prine uses. Playing that high up the neck changes the character of the song quite a bit, so I have to take that into account when figuring out how I want to do this as a solo piece.</p>
<p>For now, though, we&#8217;re going to first approach this song in the style that John Prine plays it in the various recent live performances you can see and hear on YouTube. That means that we&#8217;re going to be playing with G chords but use the capo on the second fret, which puts the song in the key of A. Just so that we understand that we&#8217;ve technically got three keys to take into account here, let&#8217;s transpose the chords from C to both A and G to make our lives easier (and if you&#8217;re in a muddle about how to transpose, take a look at our lesson on that very topic &#8211; <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/basic-guide-to-transposing/">A Basic Guide to Transposing</a>):</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/3.gif" alt="Chord Sheet Example 1 continued" width="401" height="211" /></p>
<p>Once we have our pallet of chords, we can take a look at the picking. Prine uses a slow and relatively sparse Travis fingerstyle pattern as a foundation. To begin with, you want to use the thumb to get the bass notes on the beats and then add the treble notes with the fingers. For the G chord, for instance, you&#8217;d be playing this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/4.gif" alt="Building The Picking Pattern Step One" width="482" height="319" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/5.gif" alt="Building The Picking Pattern Step Two" width="534" height="344" /></p>
<p>You can also hit the open G string instead of the open D string in this pattern. In fact, you&#8217;ll hear on the various MP3 files that go with this lesson that I will constantly flip between using the D string and the G string, particularly on the fourth beat of any given measure. As we&#8217;ve discussed in many articles and song lessons here at Guitar Noise, as long as you have the chord in place with your fingers, it&#8217;s rarely going to sound wrong.</p>
<p>In other words, even though I&#8217;ve written out the bass part as alternating between the low G (third fret of the low E (sixth) string) and the open D string, you should feel free to use the open G string as an alternate bass note as well. If you worry about being totally mechanical about it, you can lose some of the organic nature of playing. So please remember to use the tablature as a template for your playing and not as some kind of sacred text, okay? And forgive my switching from one to the other in the MP3 files.</p>
<p>In terms of structure, <em>Hello In There</em> is essentially a &#8220;verse &#8211; chorus&#8221; sort of song. The verse, or half the verse depending on the arrangement, also serves as an introduction and can also be played for an interlude between the verses. Both verse and chorus are sixteen measures long and can be broken down into two distinct parts, each eight measures long. This is very helpful because, as you&#8217;ll see, the second half of the chorus is almost exactly like the second half of the verse. Half of the verse is also used as the outro, or coda, of the song.</p>
<p>The first half of the verse is a four measure progression (one of G, one of Am and two of D7) that repeats itself (making eight total measures). If you&#8217;re confident about having a basic picking pattern down, then it&#8217;s time to tackle the first half of the verse:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/6.gif" alt="Example 1" width="472" height="272" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/7.gif" alt="Example 1 continued" width="480" height="237" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>The basic Travis picking pattern remains constant throughout the song, but there are little twists to it. For instance, each of the first three chords has a root note on a different string. The low G, as we&#8217;ve discussed, is on the low E (sixth) string while the A of the Am is the open A string and the D of the D7 is the open D string. This means you need to shift your thumb accordingly when picking out the bass notes.</p>
<p>The first of the two measures of D7 tosses in a slight embellishment by adding the note of the open high E (first) string. This is a fairly common ornament that guitar players use when playing almost any open position D chord. You can either pick the open string or perform a pull off with your ring finger, which is keeping the second fret of the high E string down for the initial D7 chord.</p>
<p>The last eight measures of the verse involve four chords (Gmaj7, C, G and D), each of which get two measures. When I listened to the video of John Prine performing this song, it seemed to me that he continued to use the open D string as his bass note when he changed to what the chord charts pretty much write as &#8220;Gmaj7&#8243; (or Cmaj7 if you go with the key of C charts) and the absence of the G note made the chord sound more like a typical minor chord rather than the jazzy sort of feel of a major seventh chord.</p>
<p>Now if you take a moment to think about it, this makes perfect sense. The notes of Gmaj7 are G, B, D and F# (F# being the major seventh). If you drop out the G, you&#8217;ve got B, D and F#, which make up the Bm chord. So playing a &#8220;beginner&#8217;s Bm&#8221; (xx0432) works wonderfully here, and also allows you to mimic the take-the-finger-off-the-high-E-string ornamentation that you used with the D chord:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/8.gif" alt="Example 2 part 1" width="442" height="278" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/9.gif" alt="Example 2 part 2" width="439" height="230" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/10.gif" alt="Example 2 part 3" width="429" height="232" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/11.gif" alt="Example 2 part 4" width="427" height="234" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>And since we&#8217;re having some fun dropping notes to open up the D string, how about turning around and adding a note, say adding the G chord at the third fret of the high E string during the C chord? That&#8217;s what&#8217;s going on in the first measure of C.</p>
<p>For the measures of G, I move the treble part of the picking down to the B and G strings, just to do something different than what we played for the first G chord. There&#8217;s nothing too fancy about that. Occasionally, he will hammer on the open low E string to get the bass note (G at the third fret) and you will hear me do that on occasion as well. I marked it on the second measure of G in the notation / tablature so you could see it, but you should feel free to use it at your discretion. Or not use it at all, if you prefer.</p>
<p>Another thing I picked up from listening to Prine&#8217;s video is that he uses F# (found at the second fret of the low E string) as the bass note for D chord, making it D/F# if you prefer. And if you take a look at him playing you&#8217;ll see that he wraps his thumb over the top of the neck of the guitar to get this note. He also does a hammer-on with the open G string to get the A note at the second fret. This is shown at the very beginning of the second measure of D in the notation / tablature of this last example.</p>
<p>A quick note here to point out that I should have stopped after the two measures of D/F# and <em>not</em> gone on to play the G chord at the end of that last MP3 example. Lost my place, I&#8217;m afraid! Hope you&#8217;ll forgive me.</p>
<p>Putting both parts of the verse together (and it <em>is</em> the verse and not the &#8220;full chorus,&#8221; as I mistakenly announce on the following MP3 example) will sound like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>That F# in the D/F# is something you can decide not to play. It won&#8217;t be all that different if you use a regular D chord instead. You will have to change your picking accordingly, though. But the real purpose of the F# is in how it leads your ear around and tricks you when the chorus comes up. Before the chorus, you&#8217;ll hear this F# in the bass three times &#8211; once in the Introduction, where it leads you to G; at the end of the first half of the verse, where it again leads you to G; and finally at the end of the verse. And your ear is, naturally, expecting to go to G again.</p>
<p>But instead he lowers the F# to F and plays an F chord. And the first eight measures of the chorus simply switch between F and G:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/12.gif" alt="Example 4" width="468" height="273" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/13.gif" alt="Example 4 continued" width="465" height="229" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>You can play this F as a full barre if you&#8217;d like. Prine plays it as another &#8220;wrap-around&#8221; chord, using his thumb for the F at the first fret of the low E, his index at the first fret of the B string, middle finger on the second fret of the G, pinky on the third fret of the D and ring finger on the third fret of the A string. He doesn&#8217;t worry about the high E string because he&#8217;s not picking it on either the F or the G chord.</p>
<p>You could, if you wanted to, simply slide this &#8220;wrap-around F&#8221; chord (13321x) up two frets to get the following G. It will sound essentially the same.</p>
<p>The second half of the chorus is, as mentioned earlier, pretty much a copy of the second half of the verse, but with an additional four measures of G tacked on to the end:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/14.gif" alt="Example 5" width="466" height="281" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/15.gif" alt="Example 5 part 1" width="457" height="243" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/16.gif" alt="Example 5 part 2" width="465" height="226" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/17.gif" alt="Example 5 part 3" width="459" height="239" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/18.gif" alt="Example 5 part 4" width="453" height="237" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/19.gif" alt="Example 5 part 5" width="462" height="220" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Now let&#8217;s put both half of the chorus together:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE6.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>And that&#8217;s pretty much the whole song. Here&#8217;s a chord sheet to help you see your way through:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/20.gif" alt="Hello In There part 1" width="368" height="606" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/21.gif" alt="Hello In There part 2" width="332" height="375" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/22.gif" alt="Hello In There part 3" width="363" height="390" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/23.gif" alt="Hello In There part 4" width="429" height="329" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE7.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>As I mentioned earlier, choosing a key to play a song, or choosing a capo placement for that matter (since it&#8217;s just a way of playing in a different key in a different place for different chord voicings on the neck) in is an essential part of how the song is going to sound. You&#8217;ve just heard the two main parts of the song, the verse and the chorus, played in A but using &#8220;key of G&#8221; chords and having the capo on the second fret. Here is another version, this time using open position chords in the key of A. With your permission, I&#8217;m not going to tab out the guitar part. There&#8217;s no sense to since it&#8217;s basically the same exact picking pattern we&#8217;ve been using all along. You will need the chords, though:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3045/24.gif" alt="Chords in A" width="415" height="122" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE8.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>As I mentioned, these are basic, simple open position chords. Bm7 serves as an easy substitute for a barre chord-style Bm and allows me to use the bass note (B at the second fret of the A string). I do use some hammer-ons, such as hammering from the open B string to the second fret while playing the regular A chord, and also throw in the D note at the third fret of the B string on the E7 on occasion.</p>
<p>In this key, it would have been easier for me to use Amaj7 (x02120) instead of C#m, but I chose instead to use an easy voicing of C#m7, x46600, with my index finger playing the fourth fret of the A string, my ring finger on the sixth fret of the D and my pinky on the sixth fret of the G string. That allows me to slide the fingers, keeping the shape, up one fret and playing D 6/9 (x57700), which sounds very cool. An even easier substitution would be Dadd9 (xx0770) and I play that at least once in the verse.</p>
<p>Finally, I make use of the open, ringing B and high E strings by playing an Aadd9 (x07600) for the final chord. That may seem tricky, but actually it&#8217;s another easy chord change because the Aadd9 is essentially the same shape as the open E chord that precedes it. You simply slide the shape up to the sixth and seventh frets and remove your finger from the A string. Voila!</p>
<p>You can hear that even though this version is in the same key as the first one we did, it has its own feel to it. Is one arrangement better than the other? No, they are simply different, that&#8217;s all. Instead of thinking of which one is &#8220;right,&#8221; why not listen to them both played together:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3045/HITHERE9.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This is an excellent example of how two guitars playing exactly the same fingerpicking pattern can still produce depth and harmony simply by using different chord voicings. And the voicings don&#8217;t have to be all that far away from each other on the neck.</p>
<p>One of the things I&#8217;d like to start exploring with some of the lessons here at Guitar Noise is how to put together multiple guitar arrangements. Hopefully, this will give you a taste for what you might hear. At the very least, you&#8217;ve learned a terrific song by a great songwriter. Roger Waters stated in a 2008 interview that John Prine wrote &#8220;just extra-ordinarily eloquent music &#8211; and he lives on that plane with Neil Young and Lennon.&#8221;</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;Guitar Noise Lessons&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hello-in-there/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE1.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE2.mp3" length="545435" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE3.mp3" length="1265161" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE4.mp3" length="385357" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE5.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE6.mp3" length="737279" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE7.mp3" length="1793043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE8.mp3" length="1873292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3045/HITHERE9.mp3" length="2033370" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Guitar Plateaus &#8211; What To Do When You&#8217;re Stuck</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-plateaus/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-plateaus/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2010 21:08:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jamie Andreas</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3042</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you're traveling along the paths of learning guitar, you will eventually find yourself at a plateau in your learning. Longtime Guitar Noise Contributor, Jamie Andreas of Guitar Principles, explains why simply changing the way you look at being on a plateau, looking at it with the eye of a Guitar Master, can help you move forward in a short time.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A student once asked me, &#8220;How do you handle it when you hit a plateau, when you feel like you are stuck and you can&#8217;t get past the level you are at?&#8221; Now, of course, this is a common experience, not to mention a common question for all players.</p>
<p>I believe we all know that the usual reaction to this situation is a negative one; frustration perhaps mixed with anger, and a little despair thrown in for good measure! When we can&#8217;t get something to sound the way we hear someone else play it, even after lots of practice and lots of time, it <em>is</em> a very frustrating, annoying situation. At the very least, we want to hear ourselves making that wonderful music we admire and, more than that, we want to feel like we are getting somewhere as guitarists for the effort we put in, that we have the ability to make continuous progress.</p>
<p>So, when we keep giving ourselves negative feedback, in the form of repeated failed attempts to be able to do something, it starts to take the wind out of our sails, and we begin to lose confidence in ourselves. Diminished desire for practicing usually follows rather quickly.</p>
<p>So, what <em>do</em> we do about this unavoidable situation?</p>
<p>The answer lies in understanding the point I made in my essay &#8220;The Inner Master&#8221;. We must understand what “Mastery” is, and why it is possible to be, in essence, a Master right from the beginning of our relationship to music and the guitar. And that is because Mastery is an inner attitude and disposition. It is the inner position in which there is no obstruction from the outside to the inside, and no obstruction from the inside to the outside.</p>
<p>Sure, even &#8220;Masters&#8221; hit plateaus, but they have learned not to react in ways that will prevent eventual transcendence of the limitations of that level of ability. They have learned that all negative reactions will prevent moving beyond the plateau. The only possible exception to this is the person who has learned the wonderful art of turning his anger into an ally, using frustration as a fuel for determination. But even in this case, the anger is handled with mastery, and not allowed to become an obstacle (but that is a topic for another essay!).</p>
<p>The Master has realized the wisdom expressed so eloquently in the New Testament, &#8220;resist not evil&#8221;. The meaning of this is simply this: the way to overcome that which we do not like is not to resist and resent it, because that only strengthens it, and weakens us. It is to &#8220;remain in place&#8221; inwardly, to study it, to understand it, and then to act. Then, we achieve power, which is the ability to create change.</p>
<p>And so, knowing this, what does the Master do when they find themselves on a plateau? Why, they build a château on the plateau, and take up residence there! They say, &#8220;Hmmm, something is going on here that I don&#8217;t understand, so I am going to stay here and study the landscape. I will focus my attention so strongly on what I <em>can</em> see that I will begin to see more.&#8221; The Master knows the reason for being stuck is because there is something sitting there, at that level, that needs to be known. So the Master sits, and studies, and if there is one thing a Master has, it&#8217;s patience!</p>
<p>For someone who has not discovered the inner position of Mastery, the reaction to being “stuck on a plateau” is quite different. For such a person, there <em>are</em> obstructions from the inside to the outside, and the outside to the inside, and the obstructions arise quickly&#8211; anger, resentment, and feelings of inadequacy appear and intensify. If these feelings were examined, the road to Mastery would begin to become visible. If these feelings were examined, we would find that it is not really the natural frustration of not getting what we want that is the biggest problem, but rather, it is the fact that we are, underneath that, feeling inferior and inadequate.</p>
<p>Like children watching their parents divorce, we conclude immediately “there must be something wrong with me; that is why this bad thing is happening”. In both these cases, this conclusion may appear to be justified, given our level of understanding, but it is not the truth. The Master may feel these feelings too, but unlike the novice, the Master does not run from these feelings, they simply become part of the scenery to be surveyed.</p>
<p>The novice feels such emotional pain from these feelings that they are helpless to do anything but try to avoid them. The novice shuts his eyes, and covers his feelings. In fact, the novice wishes to leave the plateau more out of a desire to avoid feelings of inferiority than by the desire to really enjoy a higher level of ability.</p>
<p>Unlike the novice, the Master does not identity with these feelings; they may arise, but the Master does not give these feelings the power to define who he or she is, or can become.</p>
<p>Just because I feel like I am inferior, or unable, is no reason to assume I actually am; that would be a very dangerous belief to adopt on such dubious evidence. And so, the Master sets aside these feelings, and sits, and studies. The Master becomes so involved in the process of communing with the conditions of the plateau that the desire to leave it becomes secondary to the interest and adventure of learning all of what is there. And so, problems become more interesting than frustrating.</p>
<p>Because of this, over time the depth of understanding of the Master increases, and the rising to a new level of ability appears automatically.</p>
<p>To be a Master from the beginning, to have the power to transcend your plateaus, is not about knowing how to go somewhere else. It is a matter of knowing how to look and see where you are right now. Insight into where we are now involves two things: understanding how we got here, and more importantly, knowing what is keeping us here. Often, the two answers are the same. In any case, it is the second answer that is most useful to us. Therein lies our power.</p>
<p>As I said, negative emotional reactions, the habit they become, and sometimes even the need for them, painful though they be, prevent us from leaving our plateaus. But there is a little more to the story. Underneath every reactive feeling there is a belief. If you want true insight into yourself you must uncover the unconscious beliefs that underlie your feelings. And I will tell you this most truly: if the above described feelings are a chronic obstruction to you during practice, then you have the most toxic belief a guitar player can have: you really believe you will never be able to do it, you believe you just don&#8217;t have it, and worse, you can&#8217;t get it. Your frustration draws its power from your deep down belief that you are innately inadequate. And so all your negative feelings actually resolve down to despair, and despair is living death.</p>
<p>The opposite of despair is hope. And guess what! There is good news: help and hope are here! They are here for those who really want it and are willing to act like they do. That hope is a complete conversion of your practice according to The Principles. Anyone who does this realizes that their belief in their innate inadequacy was simply wrong. They simply were not going about things in the right way, and no one ever told them.</p>
<p>Mastery is not about where you are, but how you look at where you are. The Principles will give you the framework within which you can look at where you are with understanding, not despair. What most people think of as &#8220;Mastery&#8221; is simply the accumulated power and abilities from much time spent in the position of Mastery. They look at the result of mastery, and think it is the thing itself.</p>
<p>All of what you see in The Principles is the result of my time spent, often many years, on my own plateaus. Or, it is from the study of the plateaus upon which my students have found themselves. Essentially, I have done the work for you, or at least all of the work except the work only you can do for yourself. I have figured out every detail of why people have trouble learning guitar and why they get stuck at some level of ability beyond which they cannot move. I have never seen a plateau from which I or my students could not eventually rise, but only if we sit upon the plateau as a Master.</p>
<p>Sitting upon the plateau as a Master, with dedication, understanding, and patience, we do not allow frustration and despair to obstruct the flow from the inside to the outside. Everything is seen, known, and understood, and we are led to relate in the best and most appropriate way to the level of awareness called &#8220;the plateau&#8221;. The &#8220;plateau&#8221; becomes the teacher, and instructs the Master/Student in the wisdom that is necessary to rise higher.</p>
<p>And so it goes, and so it goes.</p>
<p><strong>Copyright © 2004 Jamie Andreas. All rights reserved.</strong><br />
<a rel="external" href="http://www.guitarprinciples.com/">www.guitarprinciples.com</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-plateaus/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Banana Pancakes &#8211; Jack Johnson &#8211; Easy Songs for Beginners #42</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/banana-pancakes/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/banana-pancakes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 31 Dec 2009 09:05:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[easy songs for beginners]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3028</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This is kind of a “two in one” lesson with a look at rhythms and string muting as well as some work on simple barre chords and the importance of good positioning when it comes to playing riffs, even very simple ones like those used in this song! And I’ve also included a “barre chord free” arrangement for those whose barre chords still need practice.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="tab-takedown">
<br /><b>Where Did The Guitar Tab Go?</b><br />
On February 11, 2010 we received a letter from lawyers representing the <span title="National Music Publishers' Association">NMPA</span> and the  <span title="The Music Publishers' Association of the United States, Inc.">MPA</span> instructing us to remove guitar tab and lyrics from this page. You can read more about their <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/">complaint here</a>.</div>
<p>We&#8217;ll be talking a lot about rhythms in the various lessons and articles coming to Guitar Noise in 2010 and one thing you&#8217;re going to read over and over again is that rhythm is aural. Whether it&#8217;s the fact that we do everything on computers nowadays or that we feel something is positively ancient because there is no video attached to it, it&#8217;s vital to remember that music is audio. And as much as you want to think of various aspects of music in visual terms, you have to develop your ears and even occasionally forget your eyes entirely if you truly want to get better at playing guitar and at making music.</p>
<p>When it comes to learning music, the most important thing that you can use your eyes for is reading. But that&#8217;s just the first step of many. Being able to read tablature or music notation (and, ideally, you want to be good at reading both) won&#8217;t help you if you don&#8217;t apply your brain to your reading.</p>
<p>Hopefully, this lesson on Jack Johnson&#8217;s <em>Banana Pancakes</em> will help you understand the importance of both these points. Plus, it will give you some more work with easy forms of barre chords (something we all need, beginners or not). Don&#8217;t worry, though &#8211; you&#8217;ll also have the choice of playing this song (almost) entirely without barre chords, if you so choose.</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<h3>Structure and Rhythm</h3>
<p>Breaking down <em>Banana Pancakes</em> in terms of musical structure doesn&#8217;t take long. The song is in the key of G, it&#8217;s in 4 / 4 timing (at a tempo between 112 and 120 beats per minute, if I&#8217;m not mistaken) and there is a short introduction that uses (as you&#8217;ll soon see) a very simple riff and flits between two chords &#8211; Am7 and G7 twice before very briefly using D7 as a &#8220;turnaround&#8221; chord to get us to the first verse. The verses are made up of a four-chord progression (G7, D7, Am7, and C7) where each chord gets two beats. This progression is played four times and then we have a chorus that is conveniently the same musical structure of the introduction.</p>
<p>Verse and chorus then are repeated, although the second chorus is twice as long as the first one. This extended part of the chorus doesn&#8217;t contain the riffs of the first one (or the introduction). Then we have a bridge that has two measures each of Am7, D, Am7, D, and Bm7 followed by single measures of Em, C, G, and D7 and then a measure-and-a- half of G before another two-beat turn around on D7 to take us back to the last verse and chorus. The final chorus, like the second chorus, is twice the length of the first chorus.</p>
<p>As good as all this information is, the first thing you truly need to know about this song is that it is played in <em>swing eighths</em>. Swing rhythm is something that is close to impossible for most people to pick up visually. Why? Because if you are watching the &#8220;down and up&#8221; strokes of a guitarist, the strumming <em>looks</em> identical to strumming regular eighth notes. Unless you&#8217;re listening (and, preferably, counting), you may not catch it.</p>
<p>Even written sheet music doesn&#8217;t always tell you that something is in swing rhythm. Usually it will be written out just as regular eighth notes. Here is a simplified version of the opening riff of <em>Banana Pancakes</em> written out for you (I&#8217;ve taken out the frills &#8211; don&#8217;t worry, you&#8217;ll get the &#8220;real&#8221; thing in a moment!) and played in both regular (or &#8220;straight&#8221;) eighth notes and then again in swing. I&#8217;m also counting along so that you can hear the difference:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/1.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/2.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA01.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Straight eighths divide a beat evenly. You count them &#8220;one and two and three and four and&#8230;&#8221; In swing eighths, the beat is divided evenly into three parts (a triplet), but you play just the first and the last note of that triplet. In other words, you would count out &#8220;one and a two and a three and a four and a&#8221; but only play the numbers and the &#8220;a&#8221;s, not the &#8220;and&#8221;s.</p>
<p>If you want to get a good primer to swing rhythms, listen to <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/podcast/podcast-getting-into-swing/">Guitar Noise Podcast # 13</a>. All of the music notation for this lesson will be written like &#8220;regular&#8221; eighth notes but you want to think of them in terms of swing eighths. One of the reasons that sheet music is written this way is to make the life of whoever&#8217;s writing the notation a little easier! Scribbling out all those triplets is a royal pain!</p>
<h3>Introduction, Basic Barres and Reading Finger Position Clues</h3>
<p>Barre chords are a signature part of Jack Johnson&#8217;s sound. You won&#8217;t produce the jazz-styled chord voicings and chunky rhythmic sounds he gets without them. And the barre chords involved in <em>Banana Pancakes</em> are, for the most part, very easy. This is one reason why it&#8217;s a great song to use for barre chord practice.</p>
<p>The Introduction / Chorus section of <em>Banana Pancakes</em> introduces the Am7 and G7 chords you will run into throughout the song. Both of these chords are what we&#8217;d call &#8220;E shaped&#8221; barre chords. The Am7 is an Em7 (020000) moved up to the fifth and seventh frets (575555) and the G7 is an E7 (020100) moved up to the third, fourth and fifth frets (353433). For both chords, you want to barre the appropriate fret with your index finger, then use your ring finger to get the note on the A string and your middle finger to get the note on the G string. If you&#8217;re careful about how you strum, you can get away with not fingering the A string at all. Just miss it when you strum either chord. This is especially easy to do on the upstrokes and, conveniently enough, you&#8217;ll be playing these chords mostly on the upstrokes. Here&#8217;s the Introduction, except for the very last measure:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/3.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/4.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/5.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/6.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA02.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re going to go with the barre chords, then it&#8217;s important to let the fingering of the barre chord help you determine how to go about fingering the riff. Since the first riff ends with the Am7 barre chord, you want to make the first slide (usually done from the fifth fret, even though it&#8217;s not indicated) with the ring finger. Sliding the ring finger up to the seventh fret puts you in great position to use your index finger for the notes at the fifth fret and also lets you use the index finger for the slide from the fifth fret to the third fret later in the measure. Using your index finger for the slide that begins the second measure ensures you are in a good position to make the Am7 barre chord. You hit the A note (fifth fret of the low E (sixth) string on the first beat and strum down on the second beat with your fingers not quite in place, just off the strings enough to mute them, and then set the chord in place and strum it on the following upstroke.</p>
<p>And just how did I decide on where to put the upstrokes and downstrokes? Well, from listening to <em>Banana Pancakes</em> and from counting out the rhythm while listening to it, I realized that all the strumming was done in either quarter notes (one per beat) or eighth notes (two per beat, done with &#8220;swing&#8221; as we&#8217;ve already discussed). And when dealing with measures of eighth notes, the easiest way to play them is using a downstroke on the beat and an upstroke for the eighth note that falls between the beat, like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/7.gif --></p>
<p>Again, I can&#8217;t stress enough how rhythm is best learned through listening and feel. The temptation is to make it out to be a lot harder than it really is. Read through our lessons on basic strumming, like <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/getting-past-up-and-down-part-1/">Getting Past Up and Down</a></em> and others that you will find on our &#8220;Strumming for Beginners&#8221; section that you can access through the &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/hot-lessons/">Hot Lessons</a>&#8221; page. And be on the lookout for a new strumming lesson that will feature a bit of the Jack Johnson song, <em>Taylor</em>. This should be up online before the end of January 2010.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, this particular fingering pattern for the first riff in the &#8220;Introduction / Chorus&#8221; section, as well as the rhythm pattern itself, repeats for the next riff and the following G7 chord. The third riff, which is followed by another Am7 chord, is a slight variation of the first two, using more notes on the A string, but your fingers should still be in position to get the notes at the fifth fret with your index finger and the notes at the seventh fret with your ring finger. The last riff and the following G7 chord are clones of the second pass through the Introduction.</p>
<p>The last measure of the Introduction involves a chord change from G7 to D7 and also gives a great demonstration of how easy, yet complicated, a simple eighth note strumming pattern can sound:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/8.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA03.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>There are two aspects of this to work on. The first is the fingering and the changing between the chords. This D7 chord is based on the open position C7 shape (x32310), in fact it&#8217;s just a C7 chord moved two frets up the neck. We&#8217;ve seen it most recently in the Holiday Song Lesson on <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/away-in-a-manger/">Away in a Manger</a></em>. It&#8217;s a cool chord because if you hit the open high E (first) string by accident, you&#8217;ve got a D9 chord, which usually will work as a substitute, particularly in blues-y and jazz type songs.</p>
<p>More important, moving between the G (or G7) barre chord we&#8217;ve been using and this D7 chord is actually something that you&#8217;ll run into a lot. Why? Well, in the key of G, G is the &#8220;I&#8221; or the root chord. D, or D7 in this case, is the &#8220;V&#8221; chord, and the I &#8211; V or V- I chord progressions are some of the most common ones found in songs of all types.</p>
<p>And (almost as if someone planned it that way) making this switch isn&#8217;t all that hard, although it will take some concentrated practice to get it smooth. What makes it relatively easy is that your fingers, when in the G or G7 barre chord position, are either where you want them to be for the D7 or close enough that you don&#8217;t have to move all that far. Your ring finger, sitting on the fifth fret of the A string, doesn&#8217;t move at all. The index finger goes from laying flat on the third fret to standing up in place on the third fret of the B string. Meanwhile your middle finger shifts from the fourth fret of the G string to the fourth fret of the D string. Simply add your pinky to the fifth fret of the G string and you&#8217;re there!</p>
<p>Take some time just switching between these two chord shapes. Start slowly at first, making certain that your fingers are ending up exactly where you want them to be. Then work on moving your fingers together as a unit. For some great tips on practicing chord changes, check out Tom Hess&#8217; recent article on this very topic &#8211; <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/teaching-chords/">Teaching Chords</a>.</p>
<p>The second aspect, getting the rhythm right, will also require practice, persistence and patience on your part. The measure starts out with a rest, but you want to make certain you make the downward motion of the strum during that rest (the whole &#8220;sock puppet&#8221; thing again) so that you&#8217;re in place for the upstroke. You&#8217;ll hear me counting this all out very slowly on the MP3, so hopefully that will help you to get the timing into your head.</p>
<h3>Verses, More Rhythms and Open Chord Substitutions</h3>
<p>Believe it or not, you&#8217;ve pretty much got the song down at this point. The verses, as detailed earlier, a simple two measure progression that repeats four times:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/9.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/10.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA04.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>There are some fun (and slightly sneaky!) things going on here. First, the rhythm is the same one in &#8220;Example 3&#8243; from the &#8220;Sock Puppet&#8221; lesson mentioned earlier. You hit the root note of the chord on the first and third beats (the quarter notes) and then strum down and up for the eighth notes that occur during the second and fourth beats. Remember that it&#8217;s still in swing rhythm and you&#8217;ll be fine!</p>
<p>The upstroke on the chord (on the second half of both the second and fourth beats) is a muted catch of the strings. This is very cool because that&#8217;s where you want to be making the chord change anyway, so the string muting actually helps you to cover up getting your fingers set! Told you it was a bit sneaky!</p>
<p>As promised, you can also do this part, not to mention the whole song, almost entirely without barre chords. I say &#8220;almost&#8221; because I do think you might like the &#8220;easy partial barre&#8221; voicing of Am7, which it to barre only the four high strings at the fifth fret. You can use the open A string for your root note, since it is, after all, A.</p>
<p>In the MP3 file for the last example, you can hear me playing it both ways. I play a regular G instead of the G7 but I like the voicing of D7 we&#8217;ve been using so I&#8217;ve kept that. And I also like the Am7 so I use the &#8220;easy partial barre&#8221; I just described and follow up with a regular open position C7. You can certainly use a regular open position Am7 (x02010) if you&#8217;d like. And, as you can hear, there&#8217;s not enough difference between the open position chords and the barre chords worth worrying about. Not to mention that if you&#8217;re trying to sing the lyrics and play the song at the same time you may find the open chords a little easier.</p>
<p>But the barre chords are not all that hard, either. You&#8217;ve already been practicing the G7 to</p>
<p>D7 shift, so you should be okay with that one. If you make use of the &#8220;easy partial barre&#8221; form of Am7 and use your ring finger to barre the strings at the fifth fret, then you never have to shift your index finger from the third fret for the entire chord progression since the C7 barre uses the open position A7 shape with a barre at the third fret. You probably never thought barre chords could be so much fun!</p>
<h3>Choruses, Extended Choruses, Bridge and Bonus Riff</h3>
<p>The final C7 of the verse goes to Am7 instead of G, signaling the start of the chorus. The first chorus is pretty much like the Introduction but without the first riff (because we begin at the Am7) and a slightly different rhythm:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/11.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/12.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/13.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/14.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA05.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Here the rhythm is still all eighth notes (and by this point I don&#8217;t have to say &#8220;swing,&#8221; do I?) and the root note is still played on the first and third beat, but the chords themselves are on the offbeat, so they are played with upstrokes while the string muting takes place on the second and fourth beats. Keep your upstrokes short and don&#8217;t forget to keep your strumming in motion during the muting and you&#8217;ll find this isn&#8217;t at all difficult. It&#8217;s when you start thinking about it, when you try to visualize it, that the rhythm tends to falter. Try it with your eyes closed &#8211; that often helps!</p>
<p>The last measure of the first chorus is exactly like the last measure of the Introduction, but with a G note in the bass (played at the third fret of the low E (sixth) string) instead of an eighth rest. And yes, you can use open position chords just as well here, as you can in the Introduction.</p>
<p>This latest rhythm, with the chords on the offbeat (upstrokes) is also used to extend the second (and third) chorus, and the bridge as well. The extended choruses are just two extra sets of chord changes &#8211; two measures of Am7, two measures of G7, two more measures of Am7 and two of G (355433 for a full barre).</p>
<p>The bridge starts out by switching between Am7 and an A-shaped barre of the D chord (x5777x), played with a bit of an alternating bass line:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/15.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/16.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/17.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/18.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/19.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/20.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/21.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/22.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/23.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/24.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/25.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/26.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/27.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/28.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/29.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/30.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA06.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>A-shaped barre chords, especially straight major ones (no 7&#8217;s, 9&#8217;s, etc.,) can be a real pain. Many people tend to cheat on them a little &#8211; barring the first set of strings across the first five strings with the index finger and barring the second set (two frets higher) across the first four strings with the ring finger. The thing to remember when playing these this way is to not strum the high E (first) string.</p>
<p>Things get more interesting starting at the fifth line of the bridge with the Bm7 chord. This is an open position Am7 chord that&#8217;s been moved up two frets and barred across the second fret with the index finger. Your middle finger gets the third fret of the B string and your ring finger sits at the fourth fret of the D string.</p>
<p>You then slide this entire shape up the neck so that your index finger barres the seventh fret (your middle finger with be on the eighth fret of the B string and your ring finger on the ninth fret of the D string) and add your pinky to the ninth fret of the G string. This is the Em chord that starts the sixth line of the bridge. To get the Em/D# (and for more on slash chords, check out the Easy Songs for Beginners&#8217; Lesson on <em>Eleanor Rigby</em>), keep your middle, ring and pinky fingers in place and slide the index down a fret so it sits at the sixth fret of the A string. You then reform another A major-shaped barre chord at the third and fifth frets to make C (x3555x).</p>
<p>This is a good place to mention that open position chords work very well on the bridge section of <em>Banana Pancakes</em>. Because Jack Johnson doesn&#8217;t strike his high E string for the D, Em and C chords, his chord voicings are very similar to the open position chords you know and love. So if you have decided to play totally without barre chords or would simply just like a bit of a respite from them, feel free to use these substitutes:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/31.gif --></p>
<p>You&#8217;ve probably already noticed that the bridge ends with the exact same G to D7 turnaround that you&#8217;ve encountered twice already in this song.</p>
<p>Okay, one last thing: In the original recording, Johnson occasionally plays a very short riff (lick, flourish, whatever you&#8217;d like to call it) in place of the C7 chord during the verses. He uses it in place of the fourth C7 in the first verse, doesn&#8217;t use it at all in the second and then uses it in place of the second C7 in the last verse. It goes like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/32.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/33.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA07.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This is one of those instances where your brain can help you out a lot. Even though the riff takes the place of the C7 chord, it is still based on the Am barre chord, so don&#8217;t lose your fingering! Slide your ring finger from the fifth fret of the A string to the seventh fret, then pick both the D and G strings, where your index finger is still barring the fifth fret. Then hammer onto the seventh fret of the D string with your ring finger and pull it off again to sound the note at the fifth fret. As long as you keep your index finger on the fifth fret (after the initial slide on the A string), you should be fine.</p>
<p>You can almost do this verbatim with open position chords, but instead of sliding on the A string, you need to hammer onto the second fret of the D string after initially striking it as an open string.</p>
<p>And there you have all the parts! Here&#8217;s the layout for you and you&#8217;ll have to forgive my not giving you the usual final MP3 file. I&#8217;m pretty sure that after all the explaining, not to mention all the MP3 examples, you can handle this without problems.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/34.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/35.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/36.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/37.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3028/38.gif --></p>
<p>I hope that you have enjoyed this song lesson and I also hope that you find it a great way to get going on refining your playing of barre chords, not to mention working on some simple rhythm skills.</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/viewforum.php?f=10">Guitar Noise Lessons</a>&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/banana-pancakes/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA01.mp3" length="849292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA02.mp3" length="785344" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA03.mp3" length="1169448" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA04.mp3" length="1089200" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA05.mp3" length="1009370" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA06.mp3" length="2209331" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3028/BANANA07.mp3" length="2321344" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA01.mp3" length="849292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA02.mp3" length="785344" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA03.mp3" length="1169448" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA04.mp3" length="1089200" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA05.mp3" length="1009370" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA06.mp3" length="2209331" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3028/BANANA07.mp3" length="2321344" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Prepare For Gigs and Make Your Live Shows Better</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/prepare-for-gigs/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/prepare-for-gigs/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2009 10:36:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Hess</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playing live]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3021</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating memorable live performances can help you get more gigs and can bring more people to those gigs. Here are some great tips from Tom Hess on how to rehearse for all the aspects of performing live.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The very best way to get more people to repeatedly come out and see your band play live is word of mouth. When your live shows are great, people will like you and your music and talk about you to their friends both online and offline. Besides the obvious point of playing good music that people like, there are five main areas of preparing for your gigs.</p>
<h3>1. Your individual playing</h3>
<p>The most important thing you can do (individually) to prepare for your gigs is to focus on playing your songs &#8216;consistently well&#8217;. To improve this, practice your songs in a wider variety of environments and situations. Play your songs standing, walking, in the dark, under a strobe light (if you have one), while talking, without looking at your guitar, while friends are listening, etc. The key point is to practice playing consistently well in all those different scenarios. This will help your individual performances on the stage.</p>
<h3>2. Your band&#8217;s performance</h3>
<p>When your band rehearses you should <em>not</em> be focused on playing the songs correctly. If your band mates cannot play the songs flawlessly <em>before</em> the band rehearses, send him/her home to learn the songs. Once he/she has truly done that, bring that person back to band rehearsals. Band practice is not about holding people&#8217;s hand through the process of learning the songs which should have been learned at home. If you have a band mate who needs your help learning the songs, you can do this by meeting alone with that person to help. However, if this is a consistent problem, then you may need to replace that band member for someone who is better (or less lazy if that is the case).</p>
<p>Band rehearsals should be about the band playing the songs <em>tight</em> rhythmically, matching dynamic levels in various parts of the songs and developing great stage presence (more on this later).</p>
<p>Because it can be very difficult to really know how good your band is in any of these areas as you are practicing, I strongly suggest you record your band rehearsals in two ways:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video record your rehearsals. When you watch the video, turn the volume off and simply pay attention to how the band looks visually. This will help you to really focus on the stage presence and visual impact your band may (or may not) have on your next audience.</li>
<li>Audio record your rehearsals. Do this with computer based recording software and make sure each instrument is recorded onto its own track (multi track record). Do <em>not</em> listen to the audio from the video recording! The first thing to do is look at the recording on the computer screen. You want to notice patterns of rhythmic flaws. Is your bass player always playing slightly before the beat? Is your guitar player playing slightly behind (late) the beat? For many people it is much easier to &#8217;see it on the screen&#8217; than it is to hear it. Once you see it, then you will be able to hear it afterwards much more easily. Doing this exercise will really help your band to play much tighter rhythmically (which is absolutely critical for any band). Also listen to how the dynamic levels of the band are changing? Does everyone get louder and softer at the same time? Or is everyone doing their own thing randomly? It almost always sounds best when the band does this together.</li>
</ul>
<h3>3. Your stage presence</h3>
<p>When you play live, your music is only 50% of what most people in your audience care about. The other 50% is what they see. Remember, they came to &#8217;see and hear&#8217; your gig. Great &#8217;sounding&#8217; bands often lack bigger success because their live shows suffer from lame stage presence. If you want more people to consistently come out to your gigs, you must develop great stage presence.</p>
<p>As mentioned above band rehearsals aren&#8217;t about &#8216;learning to play the songs&#8217;. Schedule at least 50% of your band&#8217;s rehearsal time to analyze your stage presence skills (watch the video as described above and take notes on what you notice), then begin to implement improvements to this part of your live playing. You can make a lot of improvement on your own simply by some self analysis. If you want more help, check out my free <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/StagePresenceTips.aspx">stage presence tips</a>.</p>
<h3>4. Eliminate (or at least reduce) stage fright</h3>
<p>If you have cool music, a cool band and have prepared well to give your audience an awesome show, that can all be quickly destroyed if stage fright gets in your way. Many musicians simply don&#8217;t perform well on stage due to anxiety. Don&#8217;t let this happen to you and your band. You have worked too hard to let fear cripple you. Your audience deserves better, and more importantly, you deserve better! You are on stage to have fun, not to be nervous every moment of the gig. To eliminate (or at least to significantly reduce) performance anxiety, check out this <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/Articles/PlayingLiveWhatToDoWithTheLittleVoicesInYourHead.aspx">stage fright</a> article.<strong> </strong></p>
<h3>5. Performance logistics</h3>
<p>In addition to stage fright, there are other things that may happen during your gig that can hurt it. The main two issues are not being able to hear and not being able to see. If you&#8217;ve already played gigs, then you know that every gig sounds different on the stage. One night you can&#8217;t hear the bass, the next night you can&#8217;t hear yourself, etc. When you are the opening band, you typically don&#8217;t get a sound check before you play, so you have no idea what you will be able to hear (or not hear) on stage until you start playing the first song. While there are many different ways to deal with this problem, I&#8217;m going to focus only on one of them here. One of the best ways to prepare for not being able to hear all the instruments is to practice your songs with you and only ONE other instrument. So for example, practice playing only with the bass player. Next, practice the song only with the drummer. This will prepare you for live situations when you can only hear the bass or only hear the drums etc.</p>
<p>The next common logistical problem is not being able to see. Often live stages are dark in some moments and then extremely bright in other moments, making it very hard to see your instrument. My eyes are very sensitive to light, so I always play with dark sunglasses on (since the bright lights often blind me on stage without them). For dark situations you can add white out (or even glow in the dark markers) on the side of your fingerboard, so even in very low light you can clearly see your fingerboard. Of course practice playing the entire song without ever looking at your guitar is also a great way to prepare for unexpected lighting problems on the stage.</p>
<p>To get more help developing your music career check out my fifteen free <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/FREEMusicCareerTips.aspx">music career tips</a>.</p>
<p><strong>About the author:</strong> Tom Hess is a professional guitarist and mentors musicians to start a <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/MusicCareer.aspx">career in music</a>.</p>
<p>©Tom Hess Music Corporation.<br />
All Rights reserved.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/prepare-for-gigs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Away in a Manger</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/away-in-a-manger/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/away-in-a-manger/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 24 Dec 2009 09:07:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[christmas songs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3012</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Coming up with single guitar chord melody arrangements can be a lot of fun, if for no other reason than sometimes you end up with something totally different than what you first set out to do. Case in point - this lesson on the old Christmas carol Away in a Manger.
]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coming up with <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/chord-melody/">single guitar chord melody arrangements</a> (or close to chord melody, I  suppose you could call it, too, since sometimes you don&#8217;t play full chords) can be a lot of fun, if for no other reason than sometimes you end up with something totally different than what you first set out to do.</p>
<p>Case in point &#8211; this lesson on the old Christmas carol <em>Away in a Manger</em> started out as a very simple lesson on melody movement, but, well, you&#8217;ll see!</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p><em>Away in a Manger</em> is a beguiling, simple yet beautiful melody built on a descending major scale line, but starting on the fifth note of the scale. In the key of G, it would be like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/1.gif" alt="Example 1" width="458" height="217" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER01.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>When I was working this out, I was indeed playing in G. This led me to thinking, what if I raised the melody up an octave so that I could play it mostly (almost entirely, in fact) on the high E (first) string and then use the open B, G and D strings as a drone, kind of making the guitar more into a dulcimer. That turned out like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/2.gif" alt="Example 2" width="481" height="224" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER02.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I liked this a lot, especially since it opened up some many possibilities for concentrating on the single notes of the melody. One could, for instance, use a single finger and slide from note to note. Or you could place your index finger on the B note at the seventh fret of the high E (first) string and set up the C note (eighth fret) with the middle finger and the opening D at the tenth fret with the pinky and then using pull-offs to sound the first three notes of the melody. Being able to focus on the tone of each note of the melody, how playing it even with different fingers creates a different tone, can keep me occupied for hours!</p>
<p>As much as I enjoyed being able to play around with the melody, I found myself missing having a low G note in the bass. But the thought of trying to have one finger on the G note at third fret of the low E (sixth) string while simultaneously playing the D note at the tenth fret of the high E (first) string, well, let&#8217;s just say that I didn&#8217;t think it being a good idea and leave it at that.</p>
<p>But there are all sorts of ways of getting around these kinds of challenges if you have an open mind. Since I wanted to have a low G note for my bass, why not tune my low E up to G just for this song and give myself nothing but open strings for my bass accompaniment, like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/3.gif" alt="Example 3" width="502" height="263" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER03.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Now, you might wonder why I didn&#8217;t tune my A string down to G instead, and you certainly can do that. But I was worried about the fact that, <em>Away in a Manger</em> being in the key of G, the song would primarily contain G, C and D chords and tuning the A down to G would make the C chord problematic, whereas changing the low E string wouldn&#8217;t change the C chord at all.</p>
<p><em>Away in a Manger</em>, like many songs, has four lines and the melody line of the first and third lines are the same. Let&#8217;s tackle that first line with our newly tuned guitars:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/4.gif" alt="Example 4" width="556" height="289" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER04.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>You&#8217;ll notice that I changed the accompaniment in the third measure, using the C note at the third fret of the A string as the first bass note but not changing the other two notes. Technically, this creates a Cadd9 chord instead of a regular C, but I liked the way it sounded, slightly dissonant but in an interesting way. After trying out using regular C and this one, I ended up liking the open D string much more.</p>
<p>Although I didn&#8217;t realize it at time, keeping the A string tuned to A made the first full measure of the second line much easier to deal with:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/5.gif" alt="Example 5" width="569" height="286" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER05.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This is simply a C7 chord (x32310) slid up two frets, creating a D9 chord (x54530) and the use of the F# (fourth fret of the D string) and C (fifth fret of the G string), mixing with the ringing tones of the D (third fret of the B string) and E (open high E (sixth) string) in the melody, makes this sound much more interesting than if I&#8217;d used a regular D with just the open high E string (xx0230).</p>
<p>The &#8220;regular&#8221; open position D chord does have its place, though, as it&#8217;s the perfect choice for the second measure. Some people might find this measure easier to play by making a partial barre at the second fret, covering the three high strings with the index finger. Doing so should allow you to play the initial D note (third fret of the B string) of the melody with the middle finger and the A note (fifth fret of the high E (first) string) with the pinky.</p>
<p>Using a partial barre also puts you in a position to simply stand up your index finger onto the second fret of the D string for the Cadd9 chord (x32030) in the following measure. The middle finger would get the C note in the bass (third fret of the A string) and the ring finger would play the D note at the third fret of the B string. You would then slide that finger up to the eighth fret to get the G note of the melody and hang onto it so that it could ring out while you play the B note (seventh fret of the high E) to end this phrase.</p>
<p>Since the melody of the third line is an exact copy of the first line, I thought it might be nice to do something different this time around. Adding a bit of additional harmony is always nice:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/6.gif" alt="Example 6" width="589" height="278" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER06.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>These are basic double stops, and shouldn&#8217;t give you too much trouble provided you remember to keep the G note of the melody (eighth fret of the B string) the same while changing the harmony note from F (tenth fret of the G string) to E (ninth fret of the G string). And you don&#8217;t have to release the B note (fourth fret of the G string) in favor of the open G string if you prefer not to. This was something I thought was nice.</p>
<p>The final line has a few slightly complicated challenges to it involving a few partial barres:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/7.gif" alt="Example 7" width="590" height="280" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER07.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Begin the first measure here with your index finger barring the first four strings at the fifth fret. This, along with the open A string in the bass, gives you an Am7 chord for your harmony. Your pinky should be able to reach the C note of the melody (eighth fret of the high E) without difficulty and you can use either your ring finger or your middle finger to get the B note (seventh fret) that follows.</p>
<p>You remove the barre in the second measure but replace it, this time using your middle finger to barre, in the third measure. That frees your index finger for the F# note at the fourth fret of the D string. This chord, x04555, is D9/A by the way. Use your ring finger or pinky to get the F# note at the seventh fret of the B string and then slide that finger up a single fret to play the final G of the melody line.</p>
<p>Okay, let&#8217;s put this all together, shall we?</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/8.gif" alt="Away In A Manger line 1" width="590" height="295" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/9.gif" alt="Away In A Manger line 2" width="590" height="229" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/10.gif" alt="Away In A Manger line 3" width="584" height="212" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/11.gif" alt="Away In A Manger line 4" width="588" height="224" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3012/12.gif" alt="Away In A Manger line 5" width="587" height="225" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3012/MANGER08.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I hope you&#8217;ve enjoyed working out this Christmas carol with me. Even though it&#8217;s fairly simple, I think we&#8217;ve managed to come up with an arrangement with some flair of its own.</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/viewforum.php?f=10">Guitar Noise Lessons</a>&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/away-in-a-manger/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER01.mp3" length="225279" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER02.mp3" length="257043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER03.mp3" length="689213" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER04.mp3" length="305109" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER06.mp3" length="289226" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER07.mp3" length="305109" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3012/MANGER08.mp3" length="1185331" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>I&#8217;ll Be Home for Christmas</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/ill-be-home-for-christmas/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/ill-be-home-for-christmas/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2009 08:08:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[christmas songs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fingerstyle]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=3007</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Today, I'd like to offer up a fingerstyle / chord melody take on I'll Be Home for Christmas, a song from the 1940's that's been sung by almost everyone, it seems. Hopefully our Guitar Noise arrangement will become part of your holiday song repertoire.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the (pardon the pun) cool things about working up arrangements for <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/christmas-songs/">Christmas songs</a> is that it&#8217;s incredibly rare for someone to write in and say &#8220;Your version isn&#8217;t the way that it is on the original recording.&#8221; It&#8217;s kind of funny that no one, not even the folks that are of the &#8220;one-has-to-play-each-note-exactly-as-written-and-also-play-it-using-the-exact-same-gear-and-amplifier-settings&#8221; crowd, worries about taking liberties with arrangements when it comes to Christmas carols.</p>
<p>And that&#8217;s just as well, too, for there are certainly more than enough versions of just about every single holiday song known to civilization. Today, I&#8217;d like to offer up a &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/tag/fingerstyle/">fingerstyle</a> / <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/chord-melody/">chord melody</a>&#8221; take on <em>I&#8217;ll Be Home for Christmas</em>, a song from the 1940&#8217;s that&#8217;s been sung by almost everyone, it seems. Hopefully our Guitar Noise arrangement will become part of your holiday song repertoire.</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>Before we start in, though, I have to digress slightly concerning two things. First, I&#8217;ve been playing this song for ages, but when I first started to work up an arrangement of it, I had no sheet music as a guide. Instead, I relied on memories of the various versions I&#8217;d heard.  As a result, there are all sorts of ‘freedoms&#8221; taken, particularly with the time signatures in this arrangement. But I&#8217;m hoping that will make it an even more interesting lesson.</p>
<p>The second thing is that I incorporate the &#8220;verse&#8221; of the song, and you may not even be aware that it exists. We know many pop songs from the middle of the 1900s simply from their choruses, which actually seem to be whole songs. But quite often, these songs had a single verse that served more as what we&#8217;d think of today as an introduction. Then everyone would join in on singing the chorus. And, more often than not these days, it&#8217;s only the chorus that most of us know.</p>
<p>Our arrangement of <em>I&#8217;ll Be Home</em> is in the key of A. And though the song is written in 4/4 timing, we&#8217;re going to be approaching it in a different manner. In 4/4 timing, the two lines of the verse goes like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/1.gif" alt="Example 1" width="466" height="248" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Back when I was putting this all together, the phrase of lyric gave me a strong impression of 3 / 4 timing. More like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/2.gif" alt="Example 2" width="505" height="249" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Because I&#8217;d gotten this rhythm into my head all those many years ago, I pretty much think of the whole song in terms of threes and triplets instead of fours, as you&#8217;ll see when we get to the chorus.</p>
<p>For now, though, let&#8217;s take a look at those first two lines again, done up in a &#8220;fingerstyle chord melody&#8221; way:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/3.gif" alt="Example 3" width="556" height="322" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/4.gif" alt="Example 3 continued" width="552" height="258" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>First things first &#8211; I&#8217;ve moved the melody up an octave to place it totally on the first two strings of guitar. This means that you&#8217;ll have a bit of work ahead, changing chords at various places on the fretboard. But even this early in the verse, we&#8217;ll be running into two important chord shapes that will recur throughout the song. The initial Dmaj7 chord is made by placing the index finger at the ninth fret of the high E (first) string, and then forming a diagonal line with your middle finger on the tenth fret of the B string and your ring finger on the eleventh fret of the G string. The open D string serves as our bass note.</p>
<p>We then switch to full-barre Em7 chord shapes for the next three measures. Using this fingering of barring across all the strings with the index finger and then adding the ring finger to the A string two frets up, we create C#m7 (barre at ninth fret, ring finger on the eleventh fret of the A string), Bm7 (barre at seventh fret, ring finger on the ninth fret of the A string), and F#m7 (barre at second fret, ring finger on the fourth fret of the A string) and our free fingers to get the other melody notes. Your index finger will easily reach the tenth fret of the B string when playing the C#m and your pinky should have no problems with either the tenth fret of the B when playing Bm7 or the fourth fret of the high E (first) string when playing the F#m7.</p>
<p>The &#8220;diagonal line shape&#8221; of the Dmaj7 chord shows up again in first measure of the second line for the Bm7/D chord, although you may not immediately recognize it. Before you worry about playing the notes shown in the tablature, set your fingers for a typical &#8220;beginner&#8217;s Bm&#8221; chord &#8211; index finger on the second fret of the high E (first) string, middle finger on the third fret of the B string, and ring finger on the fourth fret of the G string. Once you&#8217;ve gotten those fingers in place, then put your pinky on the fifth fret of the high E (first) string to get the A note of the melody line. Once you&#8217;ve played it, you simply remove the pinky and all your other fingers are in place for the last chord of that measure.</p>
<p>Being able to read chord shapes as tablature is not something that many guitarists pick up easily and we&#8217;ll be spending a bit of time throughout 2010 working through this subject. Hopefully, though, this shows you why it&#8217;s an important skill to develop.</p>
<p>Recognizing chord shapes can often make changing from chord to chord easier as well. For instance, just looking at the chord charts and tablature for switching from this &#8220;beginner&#8217;s Bm&#8221; to the following E7 may seem daunting, all it really involves is moving two fingers. Your middle and ring finger are already where they should be, so you shift the index finger to the second fret of the D string and then drop your pinky onto the fourth fret of the high E (first) string.</p>
<p>If you want to add a bit more bass, you can also flatten out your index finger across the second fret of both the D and A strings, giving you the fingering of 022434, which allows you to play the chord across all six strings. You want to be careful with this, though as you need the note of the open high E (first) string as part of the melody line. You can achieve this by tilting the index finger into the middle of the fretboard, clearing the first string completely, or you could always reach the same note at the fifth fret of the B string with you pinky.</p>
<p>The second half of the verse starts out the same but then finishes with a group of interesting chords, not to mention a brief change of time signatures:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/5.gif" alt="Example 4" width="521" height="323" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/6.gif" alt="Example 4 continued" width="526" height="263" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Something both cool but somewhat frustrating and unnerving about is that any one specific combination of notes can turn out to be a part of many, many possible chords. If I were to give you the notes C, E and G, as an example, you could say that they are a C major chord, but they could also be part of Am7 (A, C, E and G), Fmaj9 (F, A, C, E and G) or many other chords. Most jazz players use only three or four strings in order to create chords, so there are all sorts of ways to identify them.</p>
<p>Since Bm, or Bm7 if you will, is the focal harmonic point of the first measure in the second line here, I&#8217;ve named each of these chords as extensions of Bm or B. Shifting from chord to chord may seem difficult at first, but using your index finger as an anchor on the lowest fret and shifting it up the neck (from the second fret to the fourth and then to the seventh) will help you make smooth transitions. Having your index finger on the seventh fret for the B13 also puts you in perfect position for the E9.</p>
<p>This part of the verse can be done very freely in terms of timing. You can make it incredibly melodramatic if you&#8217;d like, especially if doing so helps you buy time between the chord changes!</p>
<p>Part of the charm of this arrangement, of most chord melody style arrangements for that matter, are getting ringing strings and overtones wherever possible. That&#8217;s why you&#8217;ll find many times I&#8217;ll opt for a chord voicing involving open strings when I can.</p>
<p>With the &#8220;verse&#8221; out of the way, we can concentrate on the &#8220;chorus&#8221; part of <em>I&#8217;ll Be Home for Christmas</em>, which is the part you&#8217;re probably really interested in, anyway. Like the verse, the original chorus is written in 4 /4 timing. But while there is a strong pulse on each beat, and again this is to my ears and may not work for you, there is also a distinct feel for triplets in the accompaniment. It&#8217;s got the same kind of feel as <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/house-of-the-rising-sun/">The House of the Rising Sun</a></em>. So I&#8217;ve worked out the chorus in 6 / 8 timing to accommodate this feel. If nothing else, it keeps me from writing out a lot of triplet notation!</p>
<p>I could have just as easily written this out in 12 / 8, the way many blues songs are written out, but I simply found 6 / 8 more convenient. And, as you&#8217;ll see and hear, it does make coming up with an easy, yet interesting accompaniment a breeze.</p>
<p>Essentially, the chorus can be broken down into four parts, each of which goes with a line of lyric:</p>
<blockquote><p>I&#8217;ll be home for Christmas you can count on me<br />
Please have snow and mistletoe and presents on the tree<br />
Christmas Eve will find me where the lovelight gleams<br />
I&#8217;ll be home for Christmas if only in my dreams</p></blockquote>
<p>To make matters even easier, the first and third lines are, essentially identical in terms of melody and chords. So we&#8217;ve only three parts to learn! Here&#8217;s the first:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/7.gif" alt="Example 5" width="585" height="330" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/8.gif" alt="Example 5 continued" width="585" height="260" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>The first measure involves what some people call the &#8220;classical guitarist&#8217;s A chord,&#8221; although folks like Pete Townsend use it a lot. Essentially, it&#8217;s a partial barring of the second fret, covering the four high strings with the index finger, and then adding the pinky to the fifth fret of the high E (first) string to get the A note of the melody. You then slide the pinky down to the fourth fret at the end of the measure.</p>
<p>For the most part, I tried to make the accompaniment be a simple &#8220;down and up&#8221; arpeggio, again much like the lesson on <em>The House of the Rising Sun</em>. There will be places where this will have to be changed, but if you can get used to starting with your bass note and (including that bass note) play three strings down and then three strings back up, you should be fine.</p>
<p>An Adim7 sets the stage for the second measure. Slide your index finger, still barring the first four strings, up to the fourth fret and add your middle finger to the fifth fret of the G string while dropping your pinky onto the seventh fret of the high E (first) string. Use your ring finger to fret the A note at the fifth fret of the high E later in the measure.</p>
<p>The E note of the open first string is the melody note for the word &#8220;Christmas,&#8221; so I use most of the barre chord version of the Bm chord but leave that first string open. This is actually fairly easy to do if you <em>don&#8217;t</em> think of it as a barre chord, but rather as an Am chord slid up two frets. Plus, then your fingers are in shape for the E chord that comes next.</p>
<p>If case one of the subtle subtexts of the many lessons here at Guitar Noise may be eluding you, let me make it clear: you don&#8217;t have to let chord names freak you out. There is very little about music that you can&#8217;t figure out, provided that you keep your head and don&#8217;t panic. For instance, you may look at the chord in the next measure, C#m7(b5) and have a heart attack. But there&#8217;s no reason for it. C#m is C#, E and G#. Adding the &#8220;7&#8243; means adding the note, B, to the chord. &#8220;b5&#8243; indicates that you lower the fifth of the chord, G# in this instance, a half-step, turning it into G. So the notes of &#8220;C#7(b5) are C#, E, G and B. That&#8217;s three open strings plus a C# thrown in somewhere. No reason whatsoever to panic that I can see.</p>
<p>You could make this more interesting, not to mention slightly harder to finger by going with a fingering of X42000, but since you&#8217;re fingerpicking arpeggios, make it easier on yourself by skipping the D string entirely.</p>
<p>Likewise, the following chord, F#7(b9) may seem unwieldy, but all you&#8217;ve got to do is to barre across the second fret again with your index finger and then add your middle finger to the third fret of the G string and your ring finger, just for a moment, to the third fret of the high E (first) string. Then you only need stand the index finger up at the second fret of the A string to put you in perfect position for the Bm7 of the last two measures.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s move along to the second line of the chorus:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/9.gif" alt="Example 6" width="568" height="317" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/10.gif" alt="Example 6 continued" width="574" height="266" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME6.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Things start our relatively easy, with three simple open positions before moving up the neck for the F#m7 in the fourth measure. But even this isn&#8217;t that hard if you stop to think and prepare for a moment. The chord immediately before it, Amaj7, shares the same shape and fingering on the B, G and D strings, so if you set yourself up to play that Amaj7 without your index finger (pinky on the second fret of the B string, middle finger on the first fret of the G string and ring finger on the second fret of the D string), then you only need slide the whole shape up to the sixth and seventh frets and drop your index finger down on the fifth fret of the high E string to complete the chord.</p>
<p>And if you plan out your arpeggios, you don&#8217;t have to play the whole B7 barre chord, either. For all intents and purposes, you can get away with leaving the A string clear (other than the index finger needed to barre the seventh fret, of course!) and just use your middle finger on the eighth fret of the G string. Plus your ring finger for the melody note at the ninth fret of the B string when it comes along. The last two measures of this section are a repeat of the third and fourth measures of the first line.</p>
<p>After repeating the first line again, you&#8217;ve only one more to go:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/11.gif" alt="Example 7" width="571" height="313" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/12.gif" alt="Example 7 continued" width="568" height="270" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME7.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This brings us back to the two basic chord shapes we covered in the &#8220;verse&#8221; section. The Bm7 (based on the Em7 shape but barred at the seven fret) we remember as the third chord of the song. The &#8220;diagonal line&#8221; chord is played across the fifth, sixth and seventh frets of the high E (first), B and G strings, respectively, to create Dm. Adding the pinky to the seventh fret of the high E (first) string will give you the melody note.</p>
<p>Then comes our old friend C#m7(b5) and since that&#8217;s nowhere near as scary now, why not try stretching our hand a bit and using the x42000 fingering for it? Follow that up with a full F#7 (index finger barred across the second fret, middle finger on the third fret of the G and ring finger on the fourth fret of the A), another Bm7 and another diagonal Dm and you&#8217;re just about finished. We&#8217;ll close with a nice open string version of Amaj9, fingering the sixth fret of both the D and G strings.</p>
<p>If you want to have an ending with a little more pizzazz, try replacing the final two measures with a reprise of the first four measures of the &#8220;verse&#8221; section, only try it in 6 /8 timing to give it a little more interest. I&#8217;ve not tabbed this out, but I play it in our final version. And just in case you were wondering, I&#8217;m playing all the MP3 examples for this lesson on a classical guitar.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/13.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 1" width="593" height="388" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/14.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 2" width="593" height="236" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/15.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 3" width="591" height="275" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/16.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 4" width="591" height="263" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/17.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 5" width="593" height="292" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/18.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 6" width="590" height="267" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/19.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 7" width="589" height="263" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/20.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 8" width="591" height="260" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/21.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 9" width="593" height="263" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/22.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 10" width="591" height="263" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/23.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 11" width="593" height="265" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/3007/24.gif" alt="I'll Be Home For Christmas part 12" width="591" height="250" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/3007/IBEHOME8.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>As always, I hope that you had fun with this arrangement of <em>I&#8217;ll Be Home for Christmas</em>. It&#8217;s one of my favorite seasonal songs and I hope you enjoy it as well. It may take you a little longer to get confident about playing it, but I&#8217;m sure you&#8217;ll manage it with just a little bit of practice, patience and perseverance.</p>
<p>And, again as always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/viewforum.php?f=10">Guitar Noise Lessons</a>&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/ill-be-home-for-christmas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME1.mp3" length="369057" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME2.mp3" length="337292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME3.mp3" length="417122" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME4.mp3" length="385357" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME5.mp3" length="657448" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME6.mp3" length="481070" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME7.mp3" length="497370" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/3007/IBEHOME8.mp3" length="3057370" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Teaching Chords To Beginning Guitar Students</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/teaching-chords/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/teaching-chords/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 Dec 2009 00:45:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Hess</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[beginner]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chords]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[education]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2830</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In his latest article, Tom explores some of the problems that beginners tend to have making and changing guitar chords. Whether you're a guitar teacher or just someone starting out on the guitar, you'll find some very valuable tips here on how to go about practicing chord changes.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A very common and frustrating problem beginning guitar students face is not being able to change chords quickly, fluently and musically. This may be frustrating for you, the guitar teacher, too, when you are not sure about how to solve the problem.</p>
<p>There can be more than one reason why a student may struggle when trying to change chords smoothly. So the first thing to do when dealing with this challenge is to diagnose why the problem exists. You need to determine if your student has one of the following problems:</p>
<ul>
<li>A. A physical coordination problem</li>
<li>B. He/she has not been practicing</li>
<li>C. A lack of understanding of what needs to be done</li>
<li>D. A mental processing problem</li>
</ul>
<p>Most guitar teachers assume the reason is either A. (a physical coordination problem) or B. (little or no practice). Fact is, most of the time this is wrong. The majority of students actually <em>do</em> attempt to practice. And <em>true</em> physical coordination problems are rare.</p>
<p>For most guitar students almost all guitar playing problems are caused by their brains, not by their hands! This is why many efforts to help them may not work well.</p>
<p>As I mentioned before, there can many reasons why a student is struggling with this (or any other issue) so it is not possible to give a one-size-fits-all solution in an article. There are however three powerful guitar teaching tips that can help solve this problem with beginning guitar students.</p>
<ol>
<li>Get your students to keep their strumming hand moving <em>in correct rhythm</em> no matter how far behind the fretting hand may be in forming the next chord. In other words, tell your students (when practicing this way) to <em>not</em> allow the strumming hand to wait on the fretting hand! Practicing in this way will solve a lot of other rhythm and timing problems in the future for this student! The student should practice this way about one third of their practice time until the problem is resolved.</li>
<li>Get your student to not use the strumming hand at all and simply change chords with the fretting hand quickly (rapid fire, one after another). The student should practice this way about a third of the time until the problem is resolved.</li>
<li>Make your student play a chord he/she needs to master. Tell him/her to grip the strings hard when playing the chord, then to relax totally (<em>without</em> taking fingers away from the strings/chord), then tell the student to <em>squeeze</em> again all fingers at the same time! Then relax.</li>
</ol>
<p>The goal here is to train his/her brain to make all fingers move and relax <em>together</em> and not one finger at a time (which is how beginning guitar students make chords on their own &#8211; big mistake)&#8230; Repeat this exercise until the student can do it well.</p>
<p>Next, have the student move fingers off the strings but maintain the basic chord shape while hovering over the strings&#8230;. Then press down on the strings and make the chord&#8230; repeat this many times and then gradually move further and further away from the strings before making the chord again. Eventually from an open hand the student should be able to form the chord easily&#8230; but in each case you <em>must</em> be sure all fingers are moving and relaxing at the same time, <em>not</em> one finger at a time! The student should practice this way about a third of the time until the problem is resolved.</p>
<p>Notice that these solutions of the problem are all &#8216;physical&#8217;, but they are designed to overcome the student&#8217;s &#8220;mental processing problem&#8221; because the student has not learned to separate and isolate each motion. The beginning guitar student&#8217;s brain is overloaded with too much information to apply at the same time, this is why we work on method #1 and #2 above to free the brain from too much processing at once. The last method (#3) is designed in order to break the student&#8217;s mental processing habit of sending <em>separate</em> and <em>linear</em> messages to each finger of the hand. What we want is to train the brain to process and send <em>one</em> message to all fingers involved.</p>
<p>To get more help on teaching guitar and building a successful guitar teaching business, check out these fifteen free <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/FREEGuitarTeachingTips.aspx">guitar teaching tips</a>.</p>
<p><strong>About the author:</strong> Tom Hess is a highly successful guitar teacher, professional touring guitarist and recording artist. He coaches other guitar teachers on <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/EliteGuitarTeachersInnerCircle.aspx">how to teach guitar</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/teaching-chords/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Sailing to Philadelphia &#8211; Mark Knopfler &#8211; Songs for Intermediates #28</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/sailing-to-philadelphia/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/sailing-to-philadelphia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2009 00:59:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[songs for intermediates]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2785</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sometimes a simple sounding fingerstyle acoustic guitar part takes a bit of thought and tinkering to create. David looks at how to go beyond the chords offered up on a typical Internet tab sheet in order to get more of the flavor of the original recording of this great Mark Knopfler song.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Good songs, like any works of art, are multi-dimensional. They have layers that don&#8217;t reveal themselves on a first listen. It&#8217;s only after repeated exposure that you even begin to glimpse a hint of the various parts and start to hear how they all work together. This is one reason why coming up with single guitar arrangements for songs is both frustrating and also immensely satisfying.</p>
<p><em>Sailing to Philadelphia</em>, from the 2000 album of the same name by <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/mark-knopfler/">Mark Knopler</a>, could be a poster child for this philosophy. At a casual first listen, it&#8217;s a wonderful fingerstyle acoustic guitar song punctuated with some typically tasteful (and tasty) electric guitar fills and solos that Knopfler makes sound so easy. But, as you&#8217;ll see and hear, even the relatively straightforward sounding acoustic guitar part is an adventure in itself!</p>
<p>So let&#8217;s get started, shall we?</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;ve never heard this song before, you should go look it up on YouTube and give it a listen. It&#8217;s a narrative between two people, Jeremiah Dixon and Charles Mason, surveyors from England who mapped out the Pennsylvania / Maryland border in the 1700&#8217;s. The original recording is done as a duet between Mark Knopfler (singing Dixon&#8217;s part) and James Taylor (who gets Mason&#8217;s lines).</p>
<p>Structurally speaking, <em>Sailing to Philadelphia</em> is a fairly standard song format. There&#8217;s a very short introduction of eight measures and then there&#8217;s a verse. Or two verses, if you prefer to think of it that way, since each vocalist gets an identical amount of time and space. Then there&#8217;s a chorus and a short solo over a repeat of the introduction chord progression. Then a second verse (or two verses) and chorus, although this second chorus is slightly elongated, and then the song fades out over an extended guitar solo played over repeated cycling of the introduction chord progression.</p>
<p>On the original recording, this song is in the key of A. And you&#8217;ll find this verified in that most of the Internet tabs you&#8217;ll find for it are like this one:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/1.gif" alt="Internet Chord Sheet Example 1" width="390" height="400" /></p>
<p>Some have taken the liberty of working it up in the key of G, putting a capo on the second fret in order to bring the chords back up to the original key of A:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/2.gif" alt="Internet Chord Sheet Example 2" width="398" height="431" /></p>
<p>And these chords whether in A or G work fine. But listening to the acoustic guitar you can hear that something is not quite spot on. There are additional notes added to these chords, slightly embellishing them. Listening carefully, I could hear that the highest strings never changed notes, creating a ringing and mesmerizing repeated use of B and C# (the B note played at the fourth fret of the G string because the B string was fretted at the second fret to produce C#) while the high E string rang open. So the actual notes and the chords, using the first four measures of the introduction as an example, were more like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/3.gif" alt="INTRO - Actual Notes and Chords 1" width="572" height="264" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/4.gif" alt="INTRO - Actual Notes and Chords 1 continued" width="579" height="253" /></p>
<p>At this point in the process, I was in a bit of a dilemma &#8211; thrilled at figuring out this much so far but more than a bit apprehensive that I&#8217;d run into a song I wasn&#8217;t going to be able to play. Using these chords in these fingerings was going to be awkward if not downright painful.</p>
<p>So I thought about using a capo and playing in G, but that created other issues:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/5.gif" alt="INTRO - Actual Notes and Chords 2" width="573" height="291" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/6.gif" alt="INTRO - Actual Notes and Chords 2 continued" width="577" height="247" /></p>
<p>Because the ringing notes in the G became A, B and D, it was impossible to get them all on adjoining strings in order to get that hypnotic effect the original recording had. Or at least it seemed impossible until I started to think about it some more. After all, someone else had done it on the original recording!</p>
<p>Getting ringing A and B notes in combination weren&#8217;t a problem. Getting B and D or A and D in combination also was simply a matter of playing at the right place. But getting all three notes required more than thought, it required retuning! By tuning my high E string down a full step to D (making the tuning, from low to high EADGBD), I could get all three notes ringing across the three high strings, just as I did in the key of A but without the contortionist chords. So the first four measures of the introduction could be played like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/7.gif" alt="Example 1" width="585" height="357" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/8.gif" alt="Example 1 continued" width="589" height="254" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Definitely sounds like the original, no? But we&#8217;re still not totally out of the woods yet, as there are fingering issues that will have to be dealt with because of the new tuning, and I haven&#8217;t even mentioned the surprises coming up in the time signature (!), but I think we&#8217;re ready to go!</p>
<h3>The Introduction</h3>
<p>Truth be told, I could sit and play the first four bars of the introduction forever; it&#8217;s that captivating. There&#8217;s also a good reason to spend a lot of time on it right now &#8211; first, to work out how best to change between chords and second, to get comfortable with the finger picking pattern. It goes without saying that there are a lot of different ways to approach both of these and you may find solutions that work better for you than whatever I might suggest. So, bearing that in mind, here are some suggestions. First, concerning the actual picking, you might want to try the typical classical approach, using your thumb (labeled &#8220;T&#8221;) for the three low strings, your index finger (&#8220;i&#8221;) for the G string, your middle finger (&#8220;m&#8221;) for the B string and your ring finger (&#8220;a&#8221;) for the high E string, like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/9.gif" alt="Suggested Finger Picking Pattern" width="597" height="278" /></p>
<p>Again, I can&#8217;t stress enough that there are all sorts of ways of doing this. The most important thing is for you to be comfortable enough with whatever fingers you&#8217;re using so that you can get your picking as close to being on autopilot as possible. Other aspects of this song are going to be tricky enough and you want to have something you can easily use as a fallback point.</p>
<p>Concerning the fretboard fingering, and after more than (quite) a few runs through these chords, I decided to finger the Em11 with my <em>index</em> finger on the second fret of the G string and my middle finger on the second fret of the D string. Doing so (and I&#8217;m more than happy to admit this) feels more than a little awkward at first, but it also allows you to keep that finger in place throughout each chord change in the introduction. Speaking of which, here it is:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/10.gif" alt="Example 2 line 1" width="593" height="293" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/11.gif" alt="Example 2 line 2" width="590" height="248" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/12.gif" alt="Example 2 line 3" width="578" height="245" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/13.gif" alt="Example 2 line 4" width="587" height="263" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>In all the Internet transcriptions or chord charts I saw on <em>Sailing to Philadelphia</em>, only three different chords are used in the introduction. But I kept hearing a fourth chord being used for the seventh measure, immediately before the E (or D if you&#8217;re using a capo) in the eighth. Using a Dadd9 seems to fit the bill. Also, you can finger it like a regular open position D chord in this tuning, which seems comforting somehow. Once there, adding the pinky to the fourth fret will get you the straight D chord.</p>
<p>I also want to note here that these two measures are the only place in the whole arrangement of the song that I&#8217;m still a little unhappy with. Repeated listening to the original recording convinces me that someone is playing what would be a low D note (actually E taking the capo into account) but there&#8217;s just no way of doing it without using &#8220;double Drop D&#8221; tuning, but then I have to have longer fingers than I do to make the other chords. But that&#8217;s okay.</p>
<p>Picking this section took a little getting used to as well. Essentially I switched to using only three fingers (thumb, index and middle) and then switched up a string halfway through the measure, like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/14.gif" alt="Suggested Picking Pattern for D" width="568" height="304" /></p>
<p>Again, you may very well come up with other solutions for this section. Have fun and try out different ideas.</p>
<h3>The Verse (or verses) and The Timing Quirks</h3>
<p>The important thing, up to this point, is to have a basic picking pattern that you can fall back on. You don&#8217;t have to, and really, you shouldn&#8217;t feel compelled to play it exactly the same throughout the song. If you catch the high E string instead of the B string, for example, who&#8217;s going to know you didn&#8217;t mean to do that? All picking patterns should serve as a starting point and nothing more. In upcoming MP3 examples, you will hear me miss strings and catch others than what is written out in the tablature. That&#8217;s what makes playing organic.</p>
<p>And it becomes essential in <em>Sailing to Philadelphia</em> because the verses of the song go through multiple changes in time signature. I&#8217;ve written out the first half of the first verse with just the lyrics, chords and time signature changes for you:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/15.gif" alt="Verse Time Signatures" width="595" height="555" /></p>
<p>You see that the verse starts with three full measures of Em11 and then switches to a measure of Gadd9 in 2 / 4 time signature. If you want to, think of it as a &#8220;half measure&#8221; of Gadd9. You certainly can pick it as such:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/16.gif" alt="Example 3" width="507" height="310" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>After this measure of 2 / 4 in Measure 4, you go into four pairs of measures that alternate between 4 / 4 and 3 / 4 time signatures. Measure 5 (C and Cmaj7 for two beats each) and Measure 6 (D6 for two beats and G for a single beat) are repeated twice:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/17.gif" alt="Example 4" width="556" height="327" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>The trickiest part of this is fingering the D6 chord at the start of Measure 6, but preparing for it in Measure 5 can make things easier. In Measure 5, you start with a C chord and then remove your index finger to make Cmaj7. You then slide your ring and middle fingers up two frets and place your index finger at the second fret of the G string to get the D6.</p>
<p>Some people will have trouble with this stretch, and there are other ways of trying to make this chord. First, and this requires a little bit of &#8220;re-thinking things,&#8221; you can make the initial C chord without the middle finger, using your pinky for the third fret of the A string and your ring finger for the second fret of the D string. This does take more thought than you might think because you&#8217;re just not used to making a C chord in this fashion. If you can get past that, then you should find sliding the pinky and ring finger up two frets and dropping the index finger onto the second fret of the G string won&#8217;t be as big a stretch to deal with.</p>
<p>Another option is to simply leave the G string open. This creates a D13 chord and will sound perfectly fine. And you can also use either the Dadd9 or the D that you learned in the Introduction as a viable substitute.</p>
<p>As mentioned earlier, and as I mention in the MP3 sound file, the main concern here is getting the changes in timing right, not on nailing every note in the picking pattern. Don&#8217;t hesitate to count out loud to help you get comfortable with the shifts in time signature.</p>
<p>The final change in time signature, another 4 / 4 to 3 / 4 shift in Measures 11 and 12 is much easier in terms of the chord change and is followed by the same Dadd9 to D that you learned in the last two measures of the Introduction:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/18.gif" alt="Example 5" width="588" height="328" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/19.gif" alt="Example 5 continued" width="591" height="266" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Pardon the pun, but do take your time with this section. As discussed earlier, once you have the picking pattern in your fingers, it&#8217;s just a matter of changing it up according to both the chord changes and the time signatures involved. Here is a full run through the verse chords and timing:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/20.gif" alt="Example 6 line 1" width="537" height="298" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/21.gif" alt="Example 6 line 2" width="540" height="236" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/22.gif" alt="Example 6 line 3" width="567" height="260" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/23.gif" alt="Example 6 line 4" width="569" height="268" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/24.gif" alt="Example 6 line 5" width="592" height="248" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/25.gif" alt="Example 6 line 6" width="591" height="277" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/26.gif" alt="Example 6 line 7" width="562" height="262" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING6.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Remember, too, that this is technically <em>half</em> a verse. You want to run through the whole thing twice &#8211; once for Dixon and once for Mason, or vice versa.</p>
<h3>The Chorus</h3>
<p>All your work on getting comfortable with the finger picking pays off in the chorus as the pattern holds constant throughout. In the first four measures, you have a chord change every two beats, but the majority of the changes involve fingerings that you should have no trouble with:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/27.gif" alt="Example 7 line 1" width="556" height="314" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/28.gif" alt="Example 7 line 2" width="554" height="266" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/29.gif" alt="Example 7 line 3" width="539" height="283" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/30.gif" alt="Example 7 line 4" width="539" height="253" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/31.gif" alt="Example 7 line 5" width="609" height="261" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING7.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Using a different voicing of Bm7 (x20204) in the fifth measure bring out the melody line and brings some variety to your chord choices, but you can certainly stick with the first voicing (x20200) from the fourth measure if you find it easier to play.</p>
<p>The final C to D change, technically Cmaj7 to D13, uses the same slide of the fingers along the A and D strings from the 4 /4 to 3 / 4 measures of the verse. The second time the chorus is played, this ending is extended:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/32.gif" alt="Extended Ending for Second Chorus" width="595" height="295" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/33.gif" alt="Extended Ending for Second Chorus continued" width="594" height="257" /></p>
<p>If you keep your ring finger set on the A string while playing this, you should find using your middle finger for the D string on the Cmaj7 and D13 chords and then changing to your index finger for the fifth fret of the D string on the Em7 chord relatively easy to do.</p>
<p>All right, then! Let&#8217;s put it all together, shall we?</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/34.gif" alt="Sailing to Philadelphia 1" width="512" height="537" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/35.gif" alt="Sailing to Philadelphia 2" width="534" height="607" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2785/36.gif" alt="Sailing to Philadelphia 3" width="533" height="248" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2785/SAILING8.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This lesson on <em>Sailing to Philadelphia</em> is a little more involved than many of our Guitar Noise song lessons, but I hope that you make the time to try it out. It is a beautiful song and, once you have the picking and time signature changes down, will be a bit of music you will never grow tired of. And there are all sorts of experimenting and exploring you can do on your own to make it even more enjoyable!</p>
<p>And, as always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;Guitar Noise Lessons&#8221; page or email me directly at <a href="mailto:dhodgeguitar@aol.com">dhodgeguitar@aol.com</a>.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/sailing-to-philadelphia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING1.mp3" length="1313226" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING2.mp3" length="593083" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING3.mp3" length="321409" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING4.mp3" length="817109" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING5.mp3" length="577200" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING6.mp3" length="1073318" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING7.mp3" length="817109" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2785/SAILING8.mp3" length="3441057" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Practicing Performance</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practicing-performance/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practicing-performance/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 14 Nov 2009 01:48:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Gerald Klickstein</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playing live]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2775</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Many guitarists consider practice and performance to be distinct activities. Gerald Klickstein, author of the new book The Musician's Way, shows how they can be combined into an inclusive creative process.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Suppose that you&#8217;re preparing to play in public. How do you bridge the gulf between personal practice and public performance? I&#8217;ve observed that many guitarists underperform because they omit a crucial element from their preparatory routines: practice performances.</p>
<p>Here are three ways that any musician can practice performing and thereby become masterful on stage. All of these concepts are expanded on in my new book, <em><a rel="external" href="http://www.musiciansway.com/">The Musician&#8217;s Way</a>.</em></p>
<h3>1. Assemble a performance-development group</h3>
<p>The skills required to perform soulfully in public have to be practiced. All of us, therefore, need opportunities to try out our material, learn how to manage our nerves, and hone our stage presence. I&#8217;ve found that the ideal setting for doing so is in a performance-development group.</p>
<p>To form such a group, you need two or more soloists or bands of comparable ability and a defined space such as a living room, rec room, or church meeting hall. Next, each musician must embrace a mutually supportive attitude because your group should provide a nonjudgmental setting where you can experiment freely as a performer and grow from your experiences.</p>
<p>For instance, what if a rising guitarist wants to build his confidence on stage, test his memory, and explore ways to counter jitters? How does he do so without risking his reputation in a public setting? A performance-development group supplies him with what he needs: he can play fearlessly in front of his fellow musicians, and they&#8217;ll cheer him on in his quest for excellence.</p>
<p>To make your practice performances optimally concert-like, enlist concert protocol: enter to applause, perform complete compositions, and have listeners applaud afterward. In addition, use a recorder so that you can review your work later (information about personal recorders is posted on my <a rel="external" href="http://musiciansway.com/blog/?p=315">blog</a>).</p>
<p>I also recommend that participants comment on each other&#8217;s performances, but within strict boundaries:</p>
<ul>
<li>Keep your comments brief.</li>
<li>Use courteous &#8220;I&#8221; statements.</li>
<li>Offer at least three positive remarks for every criticism.</li>
</ul>
<p>Here&#8217;s an example of how one guitarist might comment on another&#8217;s performance:<br />
<em>&#8220;I really liked your choice of material and your stage presence. I also thought that your timing and memory were right on. Toward the beginning, though, I wondered how it would have sounded if you had stayed with a quieter volume for a while longer.&#8221;</em></p>
<h3>2. Schedule private run-throughs</h3>
<p>In a private run-through, you perform without an audience, other than your recorder and maybe the cat.</p>
<p>Commit to doing run-throughs at set times, and implement your standard pre-concert routines &#8211; arrange your meals and other preparations exactly as you would for a public event because pre-concert routines need practice, too.</p>
<p>When you perform a run-through, visualize an audience, and play your heart out. At the same time, rehearse specific skills: if you tend to stiffen on stage, for instance, practice releasing tension and transmitting warmth; to polish your stage presence, employ a video recorder and try out various gestures.</p>
<p>The benefit you derive from any practice performance will hinge on how honestly you evaluate your playing and the ways in which you practice in response. During your self-assessments, be objective and detached: treat glitches as helpful information and never as personal shortcomings.</p>
<p>For example, after you run a solo piece, you might go over your recording, jot down notes, and rehearse improvements. A few days later, following additional targeted practice and another run-through, you might opt to perform the music for your performance-development group.</p>
<h3>3. Line up low-stress public shows</h3>
<p>The above sorts of practice performances are invaluable, but public shows are going to be more intense, and we want them to be, but in positive ways.</p>
<p>Low-stress public shows give us the chance to present our music in actual performance situations, but where the stakes are low. So, although we take such performances seriously, we give ourselves permission to have fun on stage and not worry. As a result, we increase our confidence and artistic prowess. We&#8217;re then primed to excel at high-stakes concerts.</p>
<p>Representative sites for such performances include coffee shops and house parties as well as church or synagogue meeting halls, where we might invite congregants to hear us and donate to a charity. Such performances enable us to build an audience, serve our communities, and lift our playing and self-assurance to new heights.</p>
<p>When we integrate these three types of practice performances into our creative process, we can erase any disconnection between the practice studio and the stage. Of course, it takes time and effort for us to refine our craft, but let&#8217;s remember that performance, at its heart, is an act of beauty and generosity. In the words of singer-songwriter Dan Fogelberg, &#8220;I always try to give my songs as gifts.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>© 2009 Gerald Klickstein<br />
All rights reserved</strong></p>
<p><em>Gerald Klickstein is Professor of Music at the University of North Carolina School of the Arts and an active guitarist, author, and arts advocate. His book, <a rel="external" href="http://www.musiciansway.com/">The Musician&#8217;s Way</a> was published this fall by Oxford University Press and is available at booksellers and in libraries worldwide.<br />
</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/practicing-performance/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Make A Great Guitar Solo</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/make-a-great-guitar-solo/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/make-a-great-guitar-solo/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2009 16:15:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tom Hess</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[soloing and improvisation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video lessons]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2717</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Quite often, guitarists solo as if they are paid by the note, totally ignoring phrasing and melody, two key aspects of soloing. Tom Hess gives us a terrific lesson on phrasing, complete with video! ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It&#8217;s not what you play, it&#8217;s how you play it.</p>
<p>There are lots of ways to make guitar solos. Most guitarists focus on &#8216;what to play&#8217; versus &#8216;how to play things&#8217;. Fact is, the nuances of phrasing (&#8216;how&#8217; the notes are played) often matter MORE than the notes we actually play. How many times have you heard someone play a solo &#8216;without&#8217; much emotion? Often there was nothing wrong with their choice of notes. The solo lacked emotion and interest because the &#8216;phrasing&#8217; was weak.</p>
<p>Guitar Phrasing is the most important aspect to creating great guitar solos, yet very few guitar players learn to develop this key element of their guitar playing.</p>
<p>One of the best things you can do to make better guitar solos is to carefully study your favorite singers. In the late 1990s, I began to study the vocal styles of my favorite singers. I learned to play on guitar every little nuance of their vocal phrasing and vibrato… and most importantly, the &#8216;musical contexts&#8217; in which they made various phrasing and vibrato choices when singing. Singers cannot do many of things that we can do on the guitar, but they can naturally and effortlessly do things that are not common (but are still possible) to do on the guitar.</p>
<p>Listen to your favorite singers and notice the difference between their vocal phrasing (&#8216;how&#8217; they sing notes and phrases) and your guitar phrasing (&#8216;how&#8217; you play your notes and phrases). Then listen carefully to how these singers construct their phrases and compare that to how you create your guitar solos. When you really pay attention to this, you will probably make some very cool and powerful observations. This can be one of the best guitar solo lessons you can ever have. It can be a real eye (and ear) opening experience that can lead you to discover MANY new ideas that you can use to make you&#8217;re your own great guitar solos.</p>
<p>Here are three things you can learn and implement into your playing immediately so that you can consistently make better guitar solos.</p>
<p><strong>Delayed Vibrato:</strong> Listen to how many singers sing a note (without vibrato at first) and then begin to apply vibrato to it a few moments later. The vast majority of guitar players don&#8217;t do this when soloing; instead they apply the vibrato immediately to the note. Although this can also sound good, it gets old to always immediately apply vibrato when you use it. So play a note on your guitar, let it ring out naturally (without vibrato) for a moment, then apply vibrato to it. In addition to creating a more &#8216;vocal style of guitar playing&#8217; you may also notice that the note you just played sustains longer. (more on this in the video below).</p>
<p><strong>Movement between notes:</strong> As you know, when playing notes on a piano there is no ability to &#8216;bend&#8217; notes. Singers frequently &#8216;bend&#8217; notes in both directions (up or down in pitch), although downward &#8216;bent&#8217; notes are more common in most vocal styles. Guitar players frequently bend notes, but 99% of the time they only bend notes &#8216;up&#8217; (in pitch). (more on this in the video below).</p>
<p><strong>Intuitive Emotional Expression:</strong> Singers often manipulate tension and dissonance intuitively. They might sing the 9th of a chord because it makes a very specific emotional feeling. Most (non jazz) guitar players would naturally play the root while making a guitar solo (especially at the end of a phrase). This happens because guitar players typically are thinking about patterns and scale positions. And thus the ear is conditioned to &#8216;find the consonant notes&#8217; when beginning and ending phrases while creating (or improvising) guitar solos. Singers don&#8217;t have &#8216;patterns&#8217; and &#8216;positions&#8217; to think about. They are only focused on their intuition -- the emotion of each note they sing. This results in more natural options for the singer (compared to many &#8216;inexperienced&#8217; guitar players) particularly at the beginnings and endings of phrases.</p>
<p>Watch the video below to see exactly what I&#8217;m talking about and hear a live demonstration of each.</p>
<p>	<!-- Smart Youtube -->
	<span class="youtube">
		<object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="425" height="355" data="http://www.youtube.com/v/pFtePrgcC0w&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0">
			<param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/pFtePrgcC0w&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0" />
			<param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" />
			<param name="wmode" value="transparent" />
		</object>
	</span><a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pFtePrgcC0w">www.youtube.com/watch?v=pFtePrgcC0w</a></p>
<p>To get more help with your guitar playing check out my <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/GuitarSoloTips.aspx">10 Free Guitar Solo Tips</a>.</p>
<p>About the author: Tom Hess is a professional guitarist and teaches <a rel="external" href="http://tomhess.net/CorrespondenceGuitarLessons.aspx">electric guitar lessons online</a>.</p>
<p>© Tom Hess Music Corporation.</p>
<p>All Rights reserved.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/make-a-great-guitar-solo/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Going On Vacation</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/going-on-vacation/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/going-on-vacation/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 01 Nov 2009 03:40:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Special to Guitar Noise</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[practice tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[travel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2704</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[First time contributor Dmitry details the work and thought process involved on taking one's guitar along a trip, using his latest vacation as an example of how well things can work out!]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>First, let me tell you my story. I&#8217;m a total beginner, have bought an electric guitar half a year ago. I have a family, work, and other responsibilities. This year is very intense; I have much work to do, and have only forty to sixty minutes to practice daily. I was so tired of work that, when summer came, we decided to spend a couple of weeks by the sea instead of usual &#8220;cultural&#8221; travel.</p>
<p>Of course, I wanted to take my guitar with me and continue practicing. As it is the first such experience, it took me a lot of thinking and preparation. I&#8217;ve got some very useful advice from people on the <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/">Guitar Noise Forum</a>, but I didn&#8217;t find any articles on the topic, so I decided to write one myself and make life for people like me a bit easier.</p>
<h3>To Take or Not To Take?</h3>
<p>That was the first question to decide. Yes, I do want to take the guitar, but there&#8217;s also an opinion that it&#8217;s better to take some rest from an instrument so when I come back to it after vacation, I could feel inspired and actually make better progress. It makes sense, but I have not yet reached the point where such tactics are required, so I decided to take the guitar. If you think that to leave a guitar at home is a good idea (which is okay), I wish you good rest and safe travel. If you&#8217;re like me, keep reading.</p>
<h3>Equipment. <strong> </strong></h3>
<p>I&#8217;ve prepared a list of things I need to take. Here it is, with some comments on each item:</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Guitar.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>I keep the instrument in a soft bag. I want to take it with me onboard and put a separate bag with all supplementary stuff into a suitcase. I don&#8217;t like an idea of checking an instrument in as luggage (or baggage if you prefer) because it can be broken. You all have heard of <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/blog/united-breaks-guitars/">United</a>. I asked a question on the forums, and people say there&#8217;s usually no problem with taking it inside the plane. Policies do vary from airline to airline and sometimes simply on how crowded a flight may be, so it’s a good idea to check with the airline first. Most people’s experiences are that if you are polite about it, the airline personnel will let you take your instrument on board.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Amp.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Oh yes, it&#8217;s so big and heavy, even my Roland Micro Cube which supposed to be portable! So I thought I would travel without an amp at all and will practice quietly. <span style="text-decoration: underline;">This is a bad idea!</span> Let me explain. Generally, that&#8217;s OK to strum chords without an amp. The problem is that I&#8217;m learning to play [hard] rock, a kind of music which requires distortion and tends to be fast. I have tried to play without an amp to keep quiet when I was even too lazy to wear headphones. What a mistake! I struggled to learn a good position for the right hand for a month or two, before I realized that without distortion my guitar will not sound if I place the right hand correctly, and so I instinctively, without even noticing it, placed the hand in different position to pick strings louder. After I realized that, I&#8217;ve learned a better position and became able to move further in my learning. So, what to do?</p>
<p>Thanks to the Forum, I&#8217;ve found out that there is a whole class of devices called &#8216;headphone amps&#8217;. The most affordable is a VOX amPlug, which comes in different versions, each suitable for a different musical style be it rock, or heavy metal, or whatever.</p>
<p>The most powerful device for a reasonable price is Line 6 Pocket POD. This device can emulate tons of amps, cabs, and effects. It has more affordable version called Pocket POD Express, which is much simpler, emulates only five amps and six effects.</p>
<p>So, which one to buy? Here&#8217;s my advice: consider not the price of a unit, but its purpose. If you play in one particular style, buy an amPlug and be happy with a good sound quality, small power consumption, and low price. However, I learn different techniques and exercises, and want to be able to produce a wider range of sounds, from clean, closer to acoustic, to heavy metal. For this reason a POD suits me better. By a lucky chance, a good friend of mine had bought a Pocket POD so I could take it for a couple of days. Well, it sounds pretty cool! But I realized that if I want to switch from clean to heavy, with an Express version I could just turn a knob, whereas with regular Pocket POD I need to press a button – ten to twenty times! It really takes some time and attention. Don&#8217;t get me wrong, I&#8217;m a professional computer engineer, and so I know how to deal with buttons, create presets, etc. I even love to do that. But I do not want to spend a minute switching and loosing concentration when I practice guitar. One minute a day constitutes a bonus week for a year of practicing!</p>
<p>So, again, when buying a device, consider its purpose. If you need as much versatility as possible for a buck, if you love experimenting with sounds and looking for a cool effect combinations, get yourself a Pocked POD. But if you need a decent device which will allow you to practice virtually any style of music and will not require much attention, consider POD Express. Whatever you choose, don&#8217;t play without an amp!</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Headphones.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Once you have a headphone amp, you need headphones, right? Take you favorite ones, with a cord long enough to reach an amp, but not too long. Usually, the bigger phones are better, but they are also heavier, so it&#8217;s up on you to decide whether you need a perfect sound or mobility.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Tuner.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>POD has a built-in tuner, but I have a chromatic one with microphone, so it&#8217;s on my list. If you want to spare a couple of cubic inches in your suitcase, you may choose a built-in tuner, which works fine. VOX amPlug doesn&#8217;t have a built-in tuner, so in this case a separate tuner is a must.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Batteries.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Electronics requires power. But I don&#8217;t want to spend any time looking around for new batteries. I wouldn&#8217;t care much about a tuner, but an amp does require a lot of power. You can be happy with a fresh batteries installed into your new shiny (or old good) amPlug right before departure, but POD is power-hungry, so I install one pack and take two spare packs (4 batteries each) additionally. By the way, Line 6 doesn’t recommend using rechargeable batteries with a Pocket POD (either regular or Express). I believe that’s because rechargeable batteries have lower voltage, and so will not serve you long enough. From experience I know that rechargeable batteries work for about 2 hours, whether alkaline ones serve 3 times longer. At home I don’t use batteries at all, a MicroCube’s AC adapter works perfectly with POD.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Pocket PC.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>I&#8217;m fortunate to have a pocket computer which serves me in different ways. It&#8217;s a metronome, mp3 player for songs and backtracks, movie player for video lessons&#8230; It&#8217;s a pocket navigator and touristic guide (but that&#8217;s a different story). If you have a Pocket PC, or iPod Touch, or a smartphone &#8211; find any software you may require. If not, take your mp3 player and mp3 files to jam with. But it&#8217;s not essential, you may use your leg or a hand watches to keep rhythm &#8211; at least for that week or two when you&#8217;re on vacation.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Strings.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>I always have a pack of spare strings. It is unlikely to brake a string during vacation, but the pack doesn&#8217;t require much space so I will take it &#8211; just for a case.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Cables.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>I have two of them, one with 1/4&#8243; jacks to plug the guitar, and another one with 1/8&#8243; jacks to plug mp3 player into an amp. I’m taking both.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Picks.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Will take three of them &#8211; they are easy to loose and difficult to find on a beach!</p>
<h3>Tutorials and Other Information. <strong> </strong></h3>
<p>This is tough to choose. There&#8217;s so much stuff around! I&#8217;d like to take some prints with easy songs, backing tracks, etc. But I couldn&#8217;t use it all anyway, so I take a couple of video lessons on playing technique and another couple on how to play my favorite songs (with backing tracks and originals). If you don&#8217;t have a portable video-player bring along some papers, but print them a week before leaving on vacation. As always, there&#8217;s so much to do right before travel, and you don&#8217;t want to have another thing in the list.</p>
<h3>How was it?</h3>
<p>Here comes the interesting part: My vacation took eleven days, including arrival and departure. In both directions the women at the airport check-in counters were surprised by the fact that I wanted to take my instrument onboard, but had no objection. There were absolutely no problems with security, flight attendants, or anyone else. By the way, I wasn&#8217;t the only one with a guitar in the plane. There&#8217;s plenty of space in a boxes over passenger seats, or behind a back row, or near a door. So, I don&#8217;t see any reason to put an instrument in a luggage.</p>
<p>I practiced every evening. First, I found that I wanted to sleep more than usual. But I practiced anyway, one day for thirty minutes only, another day for one hour and half. But I was too lazy to watch for video lessons, and used my computer only as a metronome. I played my usual exercises (scales, strumming, legato) and that was enough. A couple of times I tried to play songs which were heard from the disco in another part of the hotel. I used (and continue using) a chromatic tuner to train my ear, which is possible thanks to built-in microphone.</p>
<p>I didn&#8217;t loose a single pick, and spare strings were of no use. My Pocket POD Express served me well – I changed the batteries only once. I still use the device when I need to play or practice quietly and I&#8217;m happy with it.</p>
<p>The only thing I regret is that I didn&#8217;t buy a book on music theory before vacation. I had some time which I could use for reading, but had to spend doing nothing.</p>
<p>Overall, I&#8217;m glad I took the guitar with me. Pocket POD is a great piece of equipment so I recommend it to anyone for practicing away of a real amp. All other stuff I took with me was also more or less useful, and I was prepared good for the travel. Next time I will take the guitar with me again, and will use this article myself as a checklist. If you have any question or suggestion, feel free to e-mail me at dkiryukhin@gmail.com</p>
<p>Happy vacation!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/going-on-vacation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hush Little Baby</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hush-little-baby/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hush-little-baby/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2009 02:28:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Special to Guitar Noise</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2699</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating chord melody arrangements can be addictive! And you can start out as easy or as complicated as you'd like. Brandon Carrasco takes us step by step through his first time out, turning this timeless lullaby into a wonderful single guitar piece.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I was originally drawn to chord melody arrangements in general because I can&#8217;t sing (and don&#8217;t care to learn either!).  I grew tired of simply strumming chord progressions, so this &#8216;multi-voice&#8217; style, where the guitar plays the melody, harmony, and bass line pretty much all at once, fascinated me and seemed like a good way for me to progress as a guitarist.  Because I had a hard time finding many solo guitar arrangements for the songs I would actually want to play, I decided to learn how to create my own. For my first attempt, I chose an easy song, with a well known melody &#8211; but one that I didn&#8217;t see many others arranging.  And so I began this journey&#8230;</p>
<p>My basic approach to creating this arrangement was to develop the following sequence of layers: Melody, Bass Line, Harmonization, and then fine tune it to my liking.</p>
<p>I began by searching the internet for sheet music with tabs.  I also found it useful to search Google &#8220;Images&#8221; to find sheet music.  I transposed the melody to a new key so that I would be able to play in the open position on the first and second strings mostly, while making sure that the chords would be open chords, and easy to fret.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 1 - Melody only" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2699/1.jpg" alt="" width="552" height="232" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2699/Example_1_Melody_Only.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I then added the bass notes on the first and third beat of each measure.  I chose these beats because they are the common accented beats in 4/4 time.  Since the arrangement still sounded a little dull, I added a harmonizing note for most of the notes played.  I simply chose the note on the string above the melody note.  I also noticed that there were several pauses that could use some kind of fill, so I played arpeggios, using notes on the strings that were not being played.  As I played the piece for a few days, I found that I usually never played the bass note on the third beat and, to my ears, this sounds just fine, if not better.  However, I left the extra bass notes in the notation just in case you want to play them.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Example 2 - Final arrangement" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2699/2.jpg" alt="" width="547" height="292" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2699/Example_2_Final_Arrangement.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I believe that my first attempt created an easily playable, and enjoyable sounding finger style lullaby arrangement.  I hope you have enjoyed it, and that you will play it.  Remember that it is a lullaby, and should be played softly at a moderate tempo.</p>
<p>There are two articles here on Guitar Noise, that really that helped me get to this point: “<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/introduction-to-song-arrangement/">Arranging Things – An Introduction to Song Arrangement – Part 1</a>” by David Hodge, and  “<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/birth-of-a-chord-melody/">Birth Of A Chord Melody</a>” by Graham Merry. If you’ve not read them, you should take a minute and do so. They might inspire you to come up with a chord melody arrangement of your own!</p>
<h3>Some Final Thoughts on Using PowerTab</h3>
<p><strong></strong>I used PowerTab &#8211; a free software package &#8211; to arrange, review, and create the sheet music/TAB for this piece.  One feature that I had not learned how to use prior to this piece is the &#8220;high&#8221; and &#8220;low&#8221; melody feature.  This gives you the ability to have quarter notes in the melody, and half notes for the baseline, as in the examples that accompany this article.  This option is found under the menu option “Music Notes/Low Melody” (high melody is the default, the keyboard shortcut for toggling between the two is &#8216; u &#8216;).  You can search the help files or Google for more details.</p>
<p>My second suggestion is to be sure to play your file as you work on it.  Play it often, and trust your ears.  You will be able to hear a missed note, or something not timed right.  It is better to catch it early, than to build on a mistake and have to correct more when you find the mistake.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/hush-little-baby/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2699/Example_1_Melody_Only.mp3" length="361662" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2699/Example_2_Final_Arrangement.mp3" length="507573" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What A Wonderful World</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/what-a-wonderful-world/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/what-a-wonderful-world/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2009 02:38:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Hank Stupi</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2692</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here is Hank's second Guitar Noise lesson, an accompaniment to "What a Wonderful World" as performed by Louis Armstrong. He draws on some of the ideas used in his first arrangement, "Smile", and provides some nice movement in the bass line. Since this is an accompaniment arrangement designed to support vocals, most of the chord voicings will incorporate the melody note on the upper strings.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So, why did I choose &#8220;What a Wonderful World&#8221;? Well, I&#8217;m scheduled to give a talk later this month at my church Sunday service. The talk will be quite personal, the title being &#8220;Cancer: A Blessing or a Curse?&#8221; I was diagnosed with a rare cancer almost five years ago. It&#8217;s incurable but slow-growing and treatable, and thanks to a great oncologist, I&#8217;m currently enjoying a good quality of life. For me, my cancer has been a wake up call and has given me an appreciation for life unlike I&#8217;d ever known in the past. I am choosing the hymns for that Sunday service and I will be providing the accompaniment on my guitar&#8230; so what better song and message could I find but &#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; for one of my chosen hymns.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s likely that many of you know this song, but in case you don&#8217;t, go to YouTube and search for &#8220;What a Wonderful World Louis Armstrong&#8221; and you&#8217;ll be in for a real treat.</p>
<p>So if you’re ready, then let’s get to it&#8230;</p>
<p>These files are the author’s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>Like my first arrangement, the process started by searching the Internet for the chords and lyrics. &#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; was performed by Louis Armstrong in the key of F, and that&#8217;s what I found on the Internet websites. I prefer the sound of chords with open strings, and in F, a few of the chords were not my favorites such as Bb and Db. They&#8217;re doable, but I really wanted a friendlier key. After a while of some experimentation and transposing, I settled into the key of C. I decided that, as far as this lesson goes, I&#8217;d put my Capo on the fifth fret and my arrangement in C would actually be in Louis Armstrong&#8217;s F for those wanting to play along with his recording.</p>
<p>So, here is the Internet arrangement of &#8220;What a Wonderful World&#8221; transposed to the key of C:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/1.gif" alt="Internet Arrangement part 1" width="401" height="339" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/2.gif" alt="Internet Arrangement part 2" width="364" height="381" /></p>
<p>In case you&#8217;re not familiar with the tune, here&#8217;s the entire melody, written after closely listening to Louis Armstrong&#8217;s performance; and, giving credit where credit is due, playing that melody several times for my wife, Nancy, who has a great ear and the ability to say things to me like, &#8220;Hank, that note right there didn&#8217;t sound right&#8221;, or &#8220;I think you added an extra beat in there someplace&#8221;.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/3.gif" alt="Melody - verses 1 and 2" width="596" height="248" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/4.gif" alt="Melody - chorus" width="596" height="193" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/5.gif" alt="Melody - verse 3" width="596" height="208" /></p>
<p>And, here&#8217;s how this melody sounds:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Melody.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>&#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; consists of a verse played a total of three times and a chorus. The first verse ends with a &#8220;turnaround&#8221; that gets it back to the beginning for the second verse. Following the second verse, the chorus is played once. The third and final verse has four additional measures when compared to the first two verses. Those four measures serve as the final ending.</p>
<p>[NOTE: What I've called the chorus throughout this lesson is actually a bridge. David pointed this out to me after I had submitted my entire lesson, MP3's and all, to him for his review. Thankfully he was kind enough to not insist that I make the necessary corrections in this lesson, which would have involved a lot of work. So please forgive the misnomer and please keep in mind every time you read or hear the word "chorus", it's really the bridge that's being referred to. One final word on this... my error made it obvious that I needed a little work at recognizing song structure, so I read and bookmarked David's lesson, "<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/unearthing-the-structure/">Unearthing The Structure</a>". I think I've got it now.]</p>
<p>Initially I began playing the chords in root position as taken from the Internet, and I sung along. It wasn&#8217;t bad, but I thought I could do better, particularly by adding some movement in the bass. I also decided that I wanted to catch as many melody notes as possible on the upper strings of the various chords to help carry my voice and the voices of those in my church who would be singing along with me. So, here&#8217;s what I came up with, starting with the first verse and &#8220;turnaround&#8221; ending:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/6.gif" alt="First Verse" width="444" height="354" /></p>
<p>As you can see, the first line has a descending bass movement from C to B to A to G. Similarly the second line bass notes move from D to C to B to A. There&#8217;s even a bit of ascending bass movement in the turnaround in the last line from C to E to F to G. As mentioned earlier, I&#8217;ve also incorporated most of the melody notes into the upper strings by carefully selecting the various chord voicings. If I&#8217;m really conscientious about ending the chords on a melody note, then I have to be careful not to play the first string on the C chord in the first line, on the E7/B and Am chords in the second line, and on the Dm7/G and G6 chords in the third line. The reason for this is that in these chords the melody notes fall on the second string. If I really want to get picky about hitting the melody notes, then I also have to avoid the first two strings in the Ab chord in the third line since the melody note is the C on the third string. Frankly, this all may be more trouble than it&#8217;s worth, particularly if you are strumming. The chord voicings do sound fine as written, and the vocalist will hopefully be hitting the melody notes properly.</p>
<p>Of the chords in this first verse, I have a few favorites. One is the F6/A in the first line. I wanted to hit the A melody note on the fifth fret of the first string, so I knew that I could take a &#8220;C form&#8221; partial barre chord and slide my first finger up to the fifth fret to play an F chord called for in the Internet arrangement. However I wanted an A as the bass note, so it made sense to play an open fifth string to get the A in the bass. I realized that leaving the fourth string open would make the fingering of the chord much easier. I also realized that the D of that open fourth string is the sixth of an F chord. I strummed, it sounded beautiful to me, so the F6/A became my choice.</p>
<p>My other favorites are the four chords that make up the turnaround in the last line. First, there is an ascending bass line. Second, the open high E string that all four chords have in common is the melody note that is held for two measures and, in my mind, gives the very cool effect of a &#8220;pedal&#8221; tone.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s listen to the first verse. Because this song was arranged with a lot of attention to movement in the bass notes, this first sound file will be played by striking the bass note on the first beat followed by a down stroke on the second beat. I will try to end those down strokes on the melody note, but again if I miss one here or there it won&#8217;t make that much difference. As long as the notes strummed are part of the chord, they&#8217;ll sound fine. In case you&#8217;re interested, I&#8217;m using a pick for this.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/First_Verse_-_Bass_Strum.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s have another listen to the first verse, this time played finger style. With my right finger picking hand, I generally use my thumb for the bottom three strings and use my index finger on the third, my middle finger on the second, and ring finger on the first string. Again I&#8217;ll be attempting to hit the bass note on the first beat, though at times I will likely &#8220;pinch the bass note with my thumb and catch a higher chord note with one of my fingers. After playing the bass note, I generally will play the rest of the chord with arpeggios, trying to catch the melody note as the top voice. But don&#8217;t be surprised if I through in a simple strum now and then for variety.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/First_Verse_-_Finger_Style.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s now have a look at the second verse:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/7.gif" alt="Second Verse" width="389" height="353" /></p>
<p>As you can see, the only difference between the first and second verses is the ending. In playing the C and the F chords for the ending&#8217;s first measure and the C chord for the ending&#8217;s second measure, it is a good idea to try to stay clear of the high E string since the melody note for both measures is the C located at the first fret of the second string.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s listen to this second verse. I&#8217;ll play it through once &#8211; again I&#8217;ll be hitting the bass note on the first beat. On the second half of that beat I&#8217;ll be hitting the next chord note and on the second full beat I&#8217;ll pluck the remaining chord tones. I&#8217;ll be using just my right thumb for first beat and just my fingers for the second.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Second_Verse.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>That wasn&#8217;t so bad, was it? The second verse leads right into the chorus; so let&#8217;s see how this looks:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/8.gif" alt="Bridge" width="346" height="520" /></p>
<p>A few words about the chorus: The G chord in the first two lines is voiced so that the D melody note is included on the second string. If you are intent on emphasizing that melody note, simply avoid playing the first string. The Csus4 chord resolving to the C chord in the first two lines emphasizes the portion of the melody that moves from the F to the E on the first string. The reason for voicing the Am7 chords in the third and fourth lines as barre chords is to catch the A melody note on the first string. The G chords that follow could just as easily be played in an open position, if that&#8217;s your preference &#8211; I just find it easier to slide my index finger down two frets and reform the G chord as a barre. I really wanted to accentuate the D melody note on the final G chord so I intentionally placed an &#8220;x&#8221; on the first string as a reminder not to play that string.</p>
<p>The optional &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; licks notated in the first measure of the first two lines are applicable if you are playing this arrangement finger style as I usually do. That first measure can certainly be played utilizing the G chord for all four beats, or alternatively, to make things a bit more interesting, the G chord can be played for two beats and the &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; lick can fill in the last two beats if played as a triplet. Most of you probably recognize this as part of the Beatles’ <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/blackbird/">Blackbird</a> (Guitar Noise Songs for Intermediates # 2), although you can certainly hear it in many other songs as well. On the sound files you&#8217;ll likely hear me playing this first measure as follows:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/9.gif" alt="Blackbird Lick" width="251" height="272" /></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s keep things simple for a moment and listen to the chorus strummed without the &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; lick:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Chorus_-_Strummed.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>For the next sound file for the chorus, I chose to go finger style, and I chose to go with the &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; lick, because I like it so much, and it just seems to add interest to the accompaniment. At the very end of the chorus, one thing you&#8217;ll hear me do on the Dm7/A chord is to actually play the melody to &#8220;I love you&#8221;. It&#8217;s pretty simple &#8211; all I do after hitting the F on the first fret of the first string is lift my index finger and strike the open E melody note. That followed up by the Em/G chord with the second string D as the melody note and you&#8217;ve got it. So, without further ado, let&#8217;s have a listen to this version:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Chorus_-_Finger_Style.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>At last we arrive at the third and final verse. As you&#8217;ll see, the first two lines are identical to those in the first two verses. The third line starts out the same as the previous verses but has a different ending in the last two measures. And there is a fourth line that serves as the ending for the song. Here&#8217;s what it looks like:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/10.gif" alt="Third Verse" width="415" height="417" /></p>
<p>In my opinion, it&#8217;s a good idea to play the melody note of the very last three chords (the ending) properly. All that entails is to avoid the first string in the first C chord, so that the melody, the &#8220;world&#8221; is played on the C on the second string for two beats. The &#8220;Oh&#8221; is sung over an F7 chord, and again the first string should be avoided to accentuate the melody note C on the second string for another two beats. The final C chord that accompanies the &#8220;yeah!&#8221; can be played normally and held for four beats since that very last melody note is on the open E of the first string.</p>
<p>Just to mix things up a bit, I&#8217;m playing this verse using my thumb to strum the chords. Here&#8217;s how the entire third verse sounds:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Third_Verse.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>As tempting as it might be to call it quits here, to make this song really sound professional, it really needs an &#8220;intro&#8221;. I wanted some type of instrumental &#8220;intro&#8221; that would make a nice transition into the vocals. I decided that the ending of the first verse &#8211; the part that goes, &#8220;&#8230; and I say to myself, what a wonderful world.&#8221; &#8211; would work well. I wanted this &#8220;intro&#8221; to be a chord melody style and here&#8217;s what I came up with:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/11.gif" alt="Intro" width="595" height="233" /></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s give this &#8220;intro&#8221; a listen:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Intro.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Well, we&#8217;ve been through all the sections of &#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; and now the real work begins! Practice, practice, practice until the chord changes come naturally and our fingers fall into place without having to think too much about it all. I certainly do need more practice. Anyway, here&#8217;s the complete arrangement from the very start of the song down to the sweet &#8220;Oh yeah!&#8221; finish:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/12.gif" alt="What a Wonderful World - part 1" width="587" height="449" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/13.gif" alt="What a Wonderful World - part 1" width="451" height="381" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/14.gif" alt="What a Wonderful World - part 1" width="342" height="406" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2692/15.gif" alt="What a Wonderful World - part 1" width="414" height="382" /></p>
<p>And, as an added bonus, here&#8217;s my humble attempt at playing &#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; in its entirety. This time through I&#8217;ll be playing the &#8220;intro&#8221; and verses finger style. I&#8217;ll also be playing the chorus with my fingers, but I&#8217;ll primarily be strumming and will be leaving out the &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; licks this time through. That&#8217;s the nice thing about this and most other songs&#8230; there&#8217;s really no set rule that says that you have to play it one particular way or play it just like someone else. Best thing is to do what sounds good to you and what is within your capabilities.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2692/Complete_Arrangement.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>In closing, I just want to repeat what I said at the end of my previous lesson, that arranging this tune was has taken a lot of time and effort, but again it was well worth it. I&#8217;ve learned a great deal by doing this, and the end result is very personally satisfying and rewarding. I&#8217;m confident that I&#8217;ve got lots more arrangements in me just waiting to come out.</p>
<p>Making a lesson is as much work as, if not more than, the actual arrangement itself, and again really makes me appreciate how fortunate we all are to have Guitar Noise and all the writers here who take the time to help make all of us better players. Thank you again for that, Paul, David, and everyone! I&#8217;m happy to be able to contribute to this wonderful organization.</p>
<p>And, as always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/">Guitar Noise Forum’s</a> “Guitar Noise Lessons” page &#8211; I do follow that forum and will be happy to read your comments or answer your questions. You can also email David directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com. David has been good at forwarding comments that you may want to make to me.</p>
<p>Until next time,</p>
<p>Hank Stupi</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/what-a-wonderful-world/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Melody.mp3" length="531616" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/First_Verse_-_Bass_Strum.mp3" length="203168" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/First_Verse_-_Finger_Style.mp3" length="211808" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Second_Verse.mp3" length="206912" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Chorus_-_Strummed.mp3" length="191648" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Chorus_-_Finger_Style.mp3" length="181856" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Third_Verse.mp3" length="263936" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Intro.mp3" length="126272" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2692/Complete_Arrangement.mp3" length="637184" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Smile by Charlie Chaplin</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/smile/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/smile/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2009 04:58:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Hank Stupi</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2617</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here is my very first arrangement, a finger style chord melody of the beautiful Charlie Chaplin tune "Smile." Walking through the process step by step, you'll see how an initial "busy" arrangement consisting mainly of eighth notes and arpeggios was pared down to make it easier to play and to allow room for some nice movement in the bass line.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Before getting started, since this is my Guitar Noise debut, let me share my musical journey. It&#8217;s been a long one, so it might be hard to be brief, but I&#8217;ll give it my best shot. In high school I bought my best friend&#8217;s Kay hollow bodied electric guitar and amp when he upgraded to a Fender. Part of the deal was that he would teach me enough to get started &#8211; a couple of basic barre chord forms &#8211; pretty much C, Am, F, and G, which later in life I learned to recognize as a I, vi, IV, V chord progression &#8211; if I dropped the Am I had a I, IV, V chord progression. Using barre chords I found that I could play these chord progressions in many different keys just by moving up or down the neck of the guitar. Well that was the 60&#8217;s and I could strum the chords and sing along to just about any pop song I heard. By the time I graduated from college, I hadn&#8217;t learned anything else, was pretty bored with my playing, and sold my guitar to a pawnshop.</p>
<p>Fast forward to the 80&#8217;s&#8230; I got into playing harmonica, pretty much by ear, copying licks from every blues album I purchased. I practiced a lot and got real good. So happens I landed a job as an accounting professor at a community college (great job &#8211; stayed at it until retiring in 2006) and among the many perks were free classes. So I took an &#8220;Introduction to Music Theory&#8221; class to help me figure out what the heck I was doing on my harmonica. That class changed my path drastically. Within a few years, I&#8217;d taken three theory classes, two ear-training/sight reading classes, two piano classes, and a jazz-improvisation class. I then became dedicated to becoming a pianist and spent the next five years rigorously practicing, but then came face to face with the hard reality that I had no talent for the piano.</p>
<p>A bit dejected at my failure as a pianist in 2001, I decided to revisit the guitar, but this time trying to integrate the musical knowledge I&#8217;d picked up along the way. So for about seven years I went through dozens of video lessons and almost as many instructional books. I practiced a lot, but somehow it never all came together. Then early in 2009 I discovered Guitar Noise, a major milestone on my journey. David&#8217;s style of teaching and playing fit me like a glove. I started at the beginning and went through every podcast &#8211; all of a sudden I really understood and could play rhythm. I could even add simple bass lines and frills here and there to make things more interesting.</p>
<p>As the months went by, I went through all of the easy songs for beginners and most of the songs for intermediates. All those years of practice soon seemed to pay off as everything started to fall in place and my confidence increased. In mid-July 2009 the pianist who does the accompaniment at my church told me that she&#8217;d be out of town the following week and asked if I could put on some CD&#8217;s for the hymns. Somewhere the courage came for within to suggest that I provide the accompaniment on my guitar. I wasn&#8217;t wild about most of the songs in the hymnal, so I chose &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/imagine/">Imagine</a>&#8221; by John Lennon, knowing that Guitar Noise has a nice arrangement of that, and the old spiritual &#8220;Down By The Riverside&#8221; from the hymnal. I even decided to play during our quiet time of reflection, a soft arpeggio arrangement of  &#8220;If&#8221; by Bread which I learned years ago. I practiced hard and everything went well. In all honesty, what mostly gave me the courage to do this is what David has said time and time again, something like&#8230; &#8220;Don&#8217;t get hung up on making mistakes. You will make mistakes &#8211; the only way not to make them is not to play, and that&#8217;s not an option. The important thing is to maintain the tempo.&#8221; Anyway, I&#8217;ll be filling in for her for three months this winter when she heads south.</p>
<p>So, why did I choose &#8220;Smile&#8221; as my very first arrangement? Well, in preparation for my church &#8220;gig&#8221; this winter, I&#8217;ve been keeping my ears open for songs that I know and believe most folks in my church will know. I like songs that have a nice message. &#8220;Smile&#8221; fit the bill. Coincidentally it happens to have been Michael Jackson&#8217;s favorite song&#8230; it&#8217;s always been one of my favorites too. Why a chord melody arrangement? I like the challenge and I like the beauty of a nice chord melody arrangement. I&#8217;ve always considered these arrangements as beyond my capabilities, however the lessons here at Guitar Noise have instilled in me a &#8220;can-do&#8221; attitude that I previously lacked. I&#8217;ve learned that if I keep the arrangement within my own playing abilities and don&#8217;t worry about sounding exactly like someone else&#8217;s recording, with some experimentation, effort, and patience it can be done.</p>
<p>&#8220;Smile&#8221; was the theme music for Charlie Chaplin&#8217;s last silent picture, &#8220;Modern Times,&#8221; in 1936 composed by Chaplin himself. It became officially &#8220;Smile&#8221; when John Turner and Geoffrey Parsons added the lyrics. If you go to YouTube and search for &#8220;Smile Nat King Cole&#8221; you&#8217;ll hear his wonderful vocal and orchestral performance.</p>
<p>So if you&#8217;re ready, then let&#8217;s get to it&#8230;</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>The process started by searching the Internet for the chords and lyrics. Here&#8217;s what I initially found:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile cheat sheet in A" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/1.gif" alt="" width="600" height="455" /></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p>I know the melody to &#8220;Smile&#8221; and quickly realized that in the key of A, I would have to play it on the second, third and fourth strings. That seemed way too low, so I strummed a basic C chord and found the melody easily playable on the first, second, and third strings. That sounded much better to me. So my first step was to move all of the chords up three semitones as follows</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile cheat sheet in C" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/2.gif" alt="" width="600" height="455" /></p>
<p>In case you&#8217;re not familiar with the tune, here&#8217;s the bare bones melody, written from memory:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile melody" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/3.gif" alt="" width="600" height="325" /></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s how this rather simple melody sounds:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_melody.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>&#8220;Smile&#8221; is pretty much a &#8220;verse only&#8221; song structure that is basically sixteen measures long. And thinking of that verse as being divided into two equal parts makes a lot sense. In my arrangement, the verse is played twice. The first time through it ends with a &#8220;turnaround&#8221; that gets it back to the beginning of the song. The second time through it ends with a small &#8220;coda&#8221; or outro that serves as the ending. When Nat King Cole recorded this, the verse was played a third time, all instrumental for the first eight measure part, followed by vocals for the second eight measure part, and ending the tune with the outro.</p>
<p>Now since I wanted this to be a chord melody arrangement, I began playing the above chords and seeing how I could best fit all of the melody notes in. As an example of my first attempt, let&#8217;s look at the first four measures:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile 1st 4 measures of 1st arrangement" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/4.gif" alt="" width="600" height="250" /></p>
<p>Initially, that sounded pretty good to me, although a bit busy since it consisted of all eighth notes played in arpeggios. I proceeded onward in this style and after many hours sent a copy of my initial arrangement to David here at Guitar Noise. His response was encouraging, saying it was a very cool arrangement and also pointed out that there were definitely more things that could be added, particular with running the bass notes a little more.</p>
<p>Looking at my “first draft,” I realized that he was certainly right about running the bass lines. I pretty much had stuck with the root note of each chord. So I decided to work on the arrangement some more seeing if I could create some movement in the bass. As I worked on this, I could see plenty of room for bass line movement, however, adding additional bass notes made the arrangement even busier and much harder to play. I found that if I truly wanted to add some bass lines, I had to simplify and pare down a lot of the &#8220;busy-ness&#8221; in the upper strings. As I did this, the arrangement actually became sparser, but began to sound more interesting. Losing many of the eighth notes seemed to make it &#8220;breathe,” which made the arrangement sound more of a natural character and less as a first time exercise. To show you what I mean, let&#8217;s look at the final version of the first four measures:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile 1st 4 measures" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/5.gif" alt="" width="600" height="248" /></p>
<p>As you can see the eighth note arpeggios are greatly simplified and there is definite descending bass line movement. The descending bass pattern of the first two measures repeats itself in measures 3 and 4. Actually, the entire accompaniment (the part on the lower four strings) follows the same two-measure picking pattern, making it easier to play<strong>.</strong> Looking at the chord boxes, a big difference is the addition of many more chords. Those additional chords were necessary not only to take into consideration the additional bass notes, but also to help me in placing my fingers on the fret board to play the necessary melody notes and other chord notes which enrich the arrangement.</p>
<p>OK, I&#8217;m ready to discuss some of the theory and technical aspects of playing this tune. But before I do, I want to mention a valuable lesson that I learned as I practiced this tune. In the final stages of putting this lesson together, I had a conversation with my sister-in-law about what I had been doing for Guitar Noise. She made a comment to me about putting &#8220;feeling&#8221; into music. Her comment came serendipitously at just the right moment. The more I had practiced in the previous few days, the less I liked how my arrangement was sounding. As I was practicing &#8220;Smile&#8221; later the evening of our conversation, I realized that what had been missing was this musical &#8220;feeling&#8221;. I had previously been concentrating solely on the &#8220;mechanics&#8221; of the tune. I found that by slowing down and attempting to put into this tune the part of music that tends to stir my spirit, everything sounded so much sweeter. I hope I can convey some of that in the MP3 files that we&#8217;ll encounter later on.</p>
<p>First of all, with my right finger picking hand, I generally use my thumb for the bottom three strings and use my index finger on the third, my middle finger on the second, and ring finger on the first string.</p>
<p>I start off the first measure by forming a C chord. On the third beat, I simply lift my middle finger from the second fret of the fourth string and place it on the B at the second fret of the fifth string to form the C/B chord. I then catch the D melody note on the third fret of the second string with my pinky. Since I&#8217;ve kept my index finger on the first fret of the second string, I simply go into the second measure by keeping my index and pinky fingers in place, while placing my middle and ring fingers in their normal positions for the Am chord. After lifting my pinky to play the C in the melody, I form a Gadd9 chord with my ring finger on the G at the third fret of the sixth string and my middle finger at the A melody note on the third string, which is the ninth of the Gadd9 &#8211; in practicing this I often find myself finger picking the open G string just prior to covering the second fret of that string, rather than picking the open D string as written, but since they&#8217;re both chord tones it sounds fine either way. Either way, since I&#8217;m not playing the first string, I just leave that open. In measure three the Cmaj7 chord gives me what I need for the first two beats. For the last two beats I shift my middle finger to the B bass note on the second fret of the fifth string. Since I&#8217;m not playing the fourth string I don&#8217;t worry about covering the second fret. I play the last two melody notes with my index and pinky fingers. In measure four the Am chords works well. I need to lift my index finger to strike the open B melody note. The Gadd9 appears again at the end of the fourth measure and again I don&#8217;t concern myself with the unplayed high E string. By lifting my middle finger I&#8217;m ready for the final G melody note of the open third string.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s give these first four measures a listen:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_measures_1-4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Here are measures five through eight:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile 2nd and 4 measures" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/6.gif" alt="" width="600" height="218" /></p>
<p>Again there is a nice descending bass line in the first two measures above, as well as in the last two measures. If you look at <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/babylon/"><em>Babylon</em></a> &#8211; David Gray (Guitar Noise Songs for Intermediates # 1), you&#8217;ll notice a lot of similarity between the last measure above and David&#8217;s second measure of the second line in the chorus of Babylon. I borrowed part of that neat lick from him.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s talk about the fret board fingering. The Am in the first measure above is fingered normally and should present no problem. To play the G6, I simply lift all my fingers and catch the G at the third fret of the sixth string with my ring finger. I don&#8217;t worry about the B on the fifth string since I don&#8217;t play that note. The C melody note on the first fret of the second string is easily fretted with my index finger. Keeping that index finger in place I move on to the Fmaj7 using my thumb to catch the low F. After all that work, I take a brief rest and completely remove my left hand and simultaneously play the open second and sixth strings catching the C melody note on the second string easily with my index finger. After that brief rest, I form a Dm chord moving into the third measure above. After that I give myself a break again and play the Cmaj7 chord by simply lifting my fingers and placing my ring finger on the third fret of the fifth string and again catch the last melody note of that measure with my index finger. Well rested, I&#8217;m ready to quickly form an A chord, ending the last measure above with the “Babylon lick,” using my index and middle fingers first, finishing that lick with my middle and ring fingers.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s see how these four measures sound</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_measures_5-8.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>The second half of &#8220;Smile&#8221; is arguably prettier than the first half. Let&#8217;s look at measures nine through twelve.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile 3rd 4 measures" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/7.gif" alt="" width="600" height="221" /></p>
<p>In these four measures there&#8217;s a temporary break from the walking bass lines in the first half of the tune. Also for the sake of some variety the first and third measures above have some pretty arpeggios incorporating both the melody and bass notes.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s discuss the fingering. A Dm7 barred chord makes the first measure above a snap. The only additional requirement is to catch the G melody note at the eighth fret of the second string with the pinky. In the second measure above, hold everything momentarily in place as the G melody note is struck and then quickly bring your fretting hand back to the lower register of the fret board. Striking the open D string buys a bit more time to get your index finger on the F for the eighth note at the first fret of the first string. I play the D note at the third fret of the second string with my ring finger. For the third measure above, jump right into an Fm chord played with a partial index finger barre of the first three strings at the first fret while covering the F root note at the third fret of the fourth string with your ring finger. I hold that chord form and use my pinky at the third and then fourth frets of the first string for the last two melody notes of that measure. That same shape also serves me well for the first three notes of the fourth measure above, again using my pinky to go from the G to the F melody notes on the first string. To finish up that last measure I hit the open high E string while moving my middle and ring fingers into position for the last two notes at the third fret.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s how it sounds</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_measures_9-12.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>We&#8217;re at the home stretch with the last four measures and endings</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile last 4 measures" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/8.gif" alt="" width="600" height="447" /></p>
<p>As you can see, we&#8217;ve got a nice descending bass line again. For the Cmaj7 chord in the first measure above I try to really let the upper three open strings ring out as this tune draws to a close, carefully placing my index finger on the F melody note at the first fret of the first string while placing my middle finger on the B bass note at the second fret of the fifth string to form what we need of the Cmaj7/B chord. After lifting my index finger to get the open high E string, I play a simple version of an F chord. I do want to strike the open A string for the bass note, so technically this is an F/A chord since the A note is in the bass. As much as I&#8217;d like to let the three upper strings ring, I find myself removing all of my fingers in anticipation of the upcoming G6 chord played with my ring finger on the bass note and pinky on the melody note &#8211; I don&#8217;t worry about fingering the B on the fifth string and therefore avoid striking that open fifth string. Another point, since I am not playing the open E first string, the sixth of a G6 chord, this really ends up being a G chord with a D as the upper melody note. As I lift my pinky, I&#8217;ve got my index finger on the C melody note at the first fret of the second string.</p>
<p>The Dm/F in the third measure above takes some practice. For me the best way to form it is by placing my thumb on the F bass note and forming a Dm chord normally with my fingers &#8211; actually in practicing it, I&#8217;ve found it helpful to forget about struggling to get my index finger onto the first string, since I&#8217;m not hitting that high F note anyway. Once I&#8217;ve got that it&#8217;s not too difficult &#8211; all I need to do is lift my middle finger from the second fret of the third string to play the open G melody note.</p>
<p>For the first ending, I just place my ring finger on the G bass note, again not worrying about the unplayed fifth string and simultaneously strike the open high E melody note, the sixth of a G6 chord. My guess is that most of you recognize what comes next as part of the Beatles&#8217; <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/blackbird/"><em>Blackbird</em></a> (Guitar Noise Songs for Intermediates # 2), although you can certainly hear it in many other songs as well. This “Blackbird lick” leads us nicely into a repeat of the entire tune.</p>
<p>In the second ending (or third ending depending on whether you&#8217;ve played this through three times as Nat King Cole did) that same G6 chord is fingered and for the necessity of playing the open high E melody note twice, played as an arpeggio. The tune is ended with a C chord. I try not to strike the high open E string since the melody is at the C at the first fret of the second string. I sometimes play this last C chord for two measures. I&#8217;ll either play the first measure with arpeggios and the second by strumming the C chord. I&#8217;ve also strummed the C chord for a measure and then let a pair of harmonics ring out on the first and third strings since they are C chord tones. The choice is yours.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s have a listen to these last measures. By the way these last measures with the first &#8220;Blackbird&#8221; ending can be used as an excellent introduction at the beginning of the tune.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_measures_13-16.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s the entire tune:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Smile complete arrangement" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2617/9.gif" alt="" width="600" height="1127" /></p>
<p>In preparing this lesson&#8217;s final MP3, the complete arrangement of  &#8220;Smile&#8221;, I learned two valuable lessons that I&#8217;d like to share. I had never recorded my playing before and I learned how helpful it is to truly listen and hear where more work or practice needs to be done. The other valuable lesson that I learned as I listened to my MP3 attempts was the importance of emphasizing and keeping the melody flowing in a chord melody arrangement. As I made the many chord changes in the tune, I was able to hear short and slightly unpleasant hesitations in the melody. I really had to work on that, so much so that in the F and Dm/F chords near the end of the tune, I found it helpful to strike the melody notes on the beat and delay the bass notes for a half beat in order to keep the melody flowing. I haven&#8217;t mastered &#8220;Smile&#8221; yet, but I hope you&#8217;ll find it pleasing nonetheless. So without further ado, here&#8217;s my rendition of this song:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2617/Smile_complete_arrangement.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>In closing, I just want to say that arranging this tune has taken a lot of time and effort, however, the journey and end result has been very personally satisfying and rewarding. I&#8217;m ready for a break for a while, but I&#8217;m sure that I&#8217;ve got more arrangements inside of me&#8230; I&#8217;ve been thinking about &#8220;What A Wonderful World&#8221; by Louis Armstrong, another one of my favorites.</p>
<p>Making a lesson out of this arrangement has been a lot of work also, and really makes me appreciate how blessed we all are to have Guitar Noise and all the writers here who take the time to help make all of us better players. Thank you for that, Paul, David, and everyone! And thank you as well for giving me the opportunity to be a part of this wonderful organization.</p>
<p>And, as always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/">Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s</a> “Guitar Noise Lessons” page or email David directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com. I&#8217;m sure that David will forward any comments that you may want to make directly to me.</p>
<p>Until next time,</p>
<p>Hank Stupi</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/smile/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_melody.mp3" length="320384" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_measures_1-4.mp3" length="220160" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_measures_5-8.mp3" length="230240" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_measures_9-12.mp3" length="246368" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_measures_13-16.mp3" length="503840" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2617/Smile_complete_arrangement.mp3" length="579008" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Guitar Teaching: Lesson One</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-teaching-lesson-one/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-teaching-lesson-one/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2009 00:55:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Paul Andrews</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[education]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2614</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you have read Nick Minnion's article "Could You Teach Guitar?" and finished with a resounding "Yes!" then the next question is "How?" This article hopes to answer that question with a detailed look at how to teach the all-important first lesson.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you have read Nick Minnion&#8217;s article &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/could-you-teach-guitar/">Could You Teach Guitar?</a>&#8221; and finished with a resounding &#8220;Yes!&#8221; then the next question is &#8220;How?&#8221; This article hopes to answer that question with a detailed look at how to teach the all-important first lesson.</p>
<p>As the famous saying goes, &#8220;you do not get a second chance to make a first impression.&#8221;&#8216; And, as guitar teachers, this saying is paramount. As our business dealings are periodic, it is important that from the start students have trust and understanding in their learning which in turn will bring them back week after week.</p>
<h3>Student goals</h3>
<p>It is imperative to establish student goals early on so you, the teacher, are able to create an appropriate route to which they can be attained. When asking new students why they left their previous teacher I am often given answers like, &#8220;They had me playing chords when I wanted to play lead,&#8221; or &#8220;I like Punk but was learning Blues.&#8221; These answers show that the students&#8217; goals were never explored and they were taught on the teacher&#8217;s standard syllabus.</p>
<p>Always start lesson one with a few questions such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>What made you want to learn the guitar?</li>
<li>Have you ever played any other musical instruments?</li>
<li>What sort of music do you like?</li>
<li>Who&#8217;s your favourite guitarist?</li>
</ul>
<p>These four questions will give you an overview of why the student wants to learn the guitar, allowing you to start planning the most appropriate route to take in achieving his or her goals.</p>
<h3>What to teach?</h3>
<p>All students will be different, each having his or her individual learning needs. But having a core teaching syllabus (consisting of essential scales, chords and exercises) is essential and most beginners will be happy to follow the same syllabus. Once the rudiments are in place you can then focus on their particular style of music and personal goals.</p>
<p>Remember &#8220;quality not quantity.&#8221; Many teachers will pile work on students in a vain attempt to &#8220;get their money&#8217;s worth,&#8221; hoping it will bring them back next week. But what usually happens is the student leaves feeling swamped and disheartened. The best thing to do is start slowly, gradually building the students confidence as you go. Start small by firstly introducing the instruments&#8217; main parts and string names then introduce the plectrum and how to hold it. Next, look at the frets and how they are used to produce sound. The student will now not only better understand the instrument but more importantly feel confident enough to start playing it.</p>
<p>A good first song is &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/horse-with-no-name/">Horse with No Name</a>,&#8221; as it only consists of two chords. It will not take long till they are committed to muscle memory and the left hand can happily go back and fourth between them. Next, introduce a few simple strum patterns to work in the right hand.</p>
<p>A good rule of thumb to remember here is &#8220;ears before eyes.&#8221; For example, have the student strum once, twice, three and four times on each of the chords and only when he has truly mastered that should you introduce the strum patterns in notation.</p>
<p>For the last part of the lesson I like to end with a guitar riff such as &#8220;Smoke on the Water&#8221; or &#8220;Sunshine of your Love.&#8221; It is a good way of introducing lead guitar and tab reading and gives them something cool to go home with.</p>
<p><strong><em> </em></strong></p>
<h3>Before they go</h3>
<p>The first lesson is the ideal time to explain payment and cancellation policies and other terms and conditions, it is a good idea to have a guitar teaching agreement or studio policy, listing what the student can expect and also what you expect from your student. Having such a document leaves nothing to chance and everybody knows exactly where they stand.</p>
<p>Here is an example <a rel="external" href="http://www.onlineguitartutor.com/GuitarTuitionAgreement.doc">learning agreement</a>. This document can be freely edited to include your details and also any extra conditions such as a maximum number of cancellations per term.</p>
<p>I hope this article has been of interest and given you a few useful ideas, pleas visit onlineguitartutor.com for more information on guitar teaching and loads of FREE resources.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/guitar-teaching-lesson-one/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Seven Nation Army &#8211; The White Stripes &#8211; Easy Songs for Beginners #41</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/seven-nation-army/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/seven-nation-army/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2009 12:30:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[easy songs for beginners]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2514</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We've gotten a lot of questions about how to turn a song into a single guitar arrangement and the first part of the answer is that you have to learn the song! In this lesson we break down this White Stripes' song into its component parts - bass, rhythm and lead (learning them on the electric guitar) - so that we can later create a single acoustic guitar arrangement of this song.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="tab-takedown">
<br /><b>Where Did The Guitar Tab Go?</b><br />
On February 11, 2010 we received a letter from lawyers representing the <span title="National Music Publishers' Association">NMPA</span> and the  <span title="The Music Publishers' Association of the United States, Inc.">MPA</span> instructing us to remove guitar tab and lyrics from this page. You can read more about their <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/">complaint here</a>.</div>
<p>Sometimes we just hear things and play them. Someone plays a chord or strums a rhythm and we just follow along. And someone who has just picked up the guitar will ask how you did that and you don&#8217;t really have an answer for them other than &#8220;I just do it.&#8221;</p>
<p>It should be easy to understand that, for a beginner (not to mention for a teacher), &#8220;I just do it&#8221; is more than mildly frustrating. How does one go about learning if one can&#8217;t get instruction?</p>
<p>The purpose of this lesson, a look at <em>Seven Nation Army</em>, from the White Stripes 2003 major label debut album, <em>Elephant</em>, is twofold &#8211; first we want to look at the interesting rhythmic pattern that serves as the song&#8217;s signature hook. We&#8217;re also going to take the song apart as we normally do in these lessons, but for the purpose of latter creating a single acoustic guitar arrangement of this song. That will be in an upcoming lesson. Today, we&#8217;re all electric!</p>
<p>So let&#8217;s get through this part and move on:</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<p>Structurally, <em>Seven Nation Army</em> is about as simple as song come.  There are three verses, four if you count the guitar solo between the second and third verse as verse. These verses are essentially made up of two parts, one that repeats itself over and over even though it may be played by just the bass guitar at some points and by a dense, multi-layered recording of guitars the next. This part also serves as the introduction, the outro and as a musical interlude between the verses. There is also a second two-measure pattern that &#8220;formally&#8221; ends each verse and also pops up during the solo and at the end of the interlude between the first and second verse.</p>
<p>It&#8217;s this first part that contains the interesting rhythm we want to look at and analyze. Here is the bass guitar part, a line of single notes, which I&#8217;ve written out for guitar:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/1.gif --></p>
<p>The first two notes, the E notes located at the second fret of the D string, are harmless enough. The first is a dotted quarter note and lasts for a beat and a half in length, while the second is an eighth note and is a half beat in length. And this would probably be a great place to point out that while I&#8217;ve written out to play these notes at the second fret of the D string, you can also play them elsewhere on the neck of your guitar, such as the seventh fret of the A string or the twelfth fret of the low E (sixth) string, if you prefer.</p>
<p>I thought it would be good to have them all within easy fingering of one another.</p>
<p>The last three notes, at first glance, are quarter notes, which would be problematic in that we would be looking at a total of five beats in the first measure, a measure that is clearly marked in &#8220;4/4&#8243; time so it should have only four beats in it. Looking closer, though, you should see a little bracket over these three quarter notes and a number &#8220;3&#8243; imbedded in that bracket. This indicates that these three notes make up a quarter note triplet, which means that these three notes are supposed to be evenly spread out among these last two beats of the measure.</p>
<p>That may sound simple enough (although I&#8217;m certain to many of you it doesn&#8217;t sound simple in the least), but how do we go about making this happen? Counting out a triplet over two beats isn&#8217;t at all easy, even for seasoned players. So we&#8217;re going to &#8220;cheat&#8221; for a moment and make it simpler to count by pretending the song was written in 2/4 time, like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/2.gif --></p>
<p>To do this, we&#8217;re cutting all the note values in half &#8211; half notes become quarter notes, quarter notes become eighth notes and eighth notes become sixteenth notes. A triplet over two beats will become a triplet over a single beat.</p>
<p>The purpose for doing this is to make it easier to count and to get the rhythm into your head. Most people count sixteenth notes like this: &#8220;One, ee, and, ah, two, ee, and, ah&#8230;&#8221; and triplets are counted &#8220;one and ah two and ah&#8230;&#8221; So we&#8217;re going to combine these two and make this measure of two beats go &#8220;One, ee, and, ah, two and ah.&#8221;</p>
<p>The most important part of this is to make the triplet a triplet, spreading the three notes evenly across the beat, and not turning it into a set of three sixteenth notes with a sixteenth note rest attached. If you&#8217;ve listened to the first third of <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/podcast/podcast-combining-what-have/">Guitar Noise Podcast 3</a>, you&#8217;ll know exactly what I&#8217;m talking about.</p>
<p>You can help yourself here by tapping out the beats with your foot, slow and steady. When you are comfortable, pick a four syllable word and say it evenly across the beat. &#8220;Alligator&#8221; works nicely if you&#8217;re stuck for one! Say that for a few beats and then start saying a three syllable word (&#8220;elephant&#8221; might be appropriate, given the song in question), again making sure that the three syllables are evenly spaced in the beat.</p>
<p>When you&#8217;re good with the counting, you can put it all back together, first in 2/4 and then back in 4/4, as done in this example:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/3.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/4.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>You&#8217;ll notice that when going back to 4/4 timing, I draw out the triplet on the third beat when counting it aloud. It&#8217;s not at all easy to count out even beats while playing quarter note triplets, so I think you may find this method a little easier. And, since this rhythm figure is very much the heartbeat of <em>Seven Nation Army</em>, it goes without saying that you want to work it into your head and fingers so that you can play it effortlessly. Don&#8217;t skimp on the practice and, whatever way you choose to count out the beats and rhythms, don&#8217;t be shy about counting out loud. It can, and does, help quite a bit.</p>
<p>And once you&#8217;re good with this snippet of rhythm, the rest of the song is going to be a breeze! The second part, which we&#8217;ll conveniently call &#8220;Example 2,&#8221; is two measures of power chords (G5 and A5) played in straight eighth notes, like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/5.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/6.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>There are, of course, many ways to play this. On the original recording, there are at least two different guitars playing the part, one using two string power chords and one using two-string power chords for the G5 and then switching to the open position A chord (the A chord shown in the &#8220;Alternate&#8221; example here). In these examples, I&#8217;m using three-string power chords instead of two-string power chords simply because I like the fuller sound. After all, I&#8217;m using one guitar instead of overdubbing a second one. You should try out different variations of these chords and see which you like best.</p>
<p>The next section of <em>Seven Nation Army</em> is actually a repeat of the first section, only it&#8217;s fleshed out with full chords, using the single note bass line as the root notes for the chords. Again, on the original recording there are at least two different guitar parts. One guitar plays Root 5 position three-string power chords, like this (this example isn&#8217;t played in the MP3 files, by the way):</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/7.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/8.gif --></p>
<p>In case you don&#8217;t know what &#8220;Root 5 Power Chords&#8221; or simply what &#8220;Power Chords&#8221; are, you can address that by taking a quick look at two of our lessons here at Guitar Noise. The first, <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/the-power-of-three/">The Power of Three</a>, shows you how the four basic types of chords (major, minor, augmented and diminished) are formed. The second, <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/building-additions-and-suspensions/">Building Additions (and Suspensions)</a> goes on to detail the creation of other chords, with power chords being the first example in the lesson.</p>
<p>&#8220;Root 5&#8243; power chords are simply power chords whose root note is played on the fifth (A) string. And you can see that all the power chords in this example have their root note on the A string.</p>
<p>There is another guitar playing full major chords on the D, G and B strings. This guitar is also being played with a slide. I decided not to use a slide for the MP3 in order to keep things simple:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/9.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/10.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Hopefully, one of the reasons for using the open position A chord in Example 2 becomes clear here. Your fingers are already in this shape and now you can just slide them up and down the neck of your guitar at will. If you&#8217;re careful about your strumming and can avoiding hitting the first (high E string), then you can use a single finger to barre across the second fret for the open position A and then be about your merry way for Example 3.</p>
<p>Another thing to point out here is that in the original recording, the slide guitar uses a single quarter note of the final B chord (which I have here as a half note) and follows that up with a quarter note of A (X0222X). Either way works fine.</p>
<p>When you&#8217;re comfortable moving around on Example 3, the only thing left to do is to be able to switch between the sections, from Example 1 to Example 2 to Example 3 and then back again from Example 3 to Example 2 to Example 1, as demonstrated in this MP3:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>That&#8217;s essential the whole song, once you put it all together. Feeling very much at ease with this particular rhythm is going to be essential if you&#8217;re going to sing and play it at the same time, so be sure to practice it as much as you may have to. Then practice it even more!</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s a lay out of how the song goes:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/11.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/12.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/13.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/14.gif --></p>
<p>As I mentioned, there is a guitar solo between the second and third verses. It&#8217;s done on slide, but can be easily done without it as well and still sound okay. Well, you might want to make a few alterations and we&#8217;ll discuss that in a moment.</p>
<p>The solo itself is fairly simple, using just single notes taken, for the most part, from the E minor pentatonic scale in the following positions:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/15.gif --></p>
<p>I&#8217;ve taken the liberty of adding the two notes taken from outside of the Em pentatonic scale (C at the thirteenth fret of the B string and F# at the fourteenth fret of the high E (first) string) in parenthesis so that you can add them to your practice warm up of the scale.</p>
<p>The solo is played over four repetitions of &#8220;Example 3&#8243; and ends by going back to &#8220;Example 2.&#8221; Since you&#8217;re up that high on the neck for the solo, you&#8217;ll probably find it easier to play the G5 in the same three-string manner that the slide guitar uses, that is laying your finger across the twelfth fret (X X 12 12 12 X) and playing just the D, G and B strings, as indicated. For the A5, just slide it up two frets (X X 14 14 14 X).</p>
<p>Okay, then, here&#8217;s the solo. You will note that there are three places in the first half (the first eight measures) where there&#8217;s a double stop on the seventh fret of the D and A strings. These notes are A and E, respectively, so you&#8217;re basically playing an inversion of A5 in the solo while the rhythm is playing an E chord. It will sound slightly dissonant. That&#8217;s what goes on in the original recording, most probably from using the slide.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/16.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/17.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/18.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/19.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2514/20.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Also, this is not exactly &#8220;note for note,&#8221; but it&#8217;s certainly close enough for anyone but the nittiest of nitpickers.</p>
<p>Anyway, I also hope that you had fun with this song. We&#8217;ll be coming back to it later this fall and examining how to turn it into a single acoustic guitar arrangement. That should prove fairly interesting, no?</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;Guitar Noise Lessons&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/seven-nation-army/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2514/SEVENNA1.mp3" length="1569435" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2514/SEVENNA2.mp3" length="625266" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2514/SEVENNA3.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2514/SEVENNA4.mp3" length="1361292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2514/SEVENNA5.mp3" length="1601200" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA1.mp3" length="1569435" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA2.mp3" length="625266" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA3.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA4.mp3" length="1361292" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2514/SEVENNA5.mp3" length="1601200" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8220;While My Guitar Gently Weeps&#8221; &#8211; Performance Notes for the Bridge</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-3/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-3/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 10:43:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jamie Andreas</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video lessons]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2501</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In the final installment of her video lessons on the Guitar Noise arrangement of George Harrison’s “While My Guitar Gently Weeps,” guitar teacher extraordinaire Jamie Andreas takes you step by step through the bridge section of the song with very clear and detailed instruction. I learned quite a bit from Jamie’s videos and I hope you do, too!]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson I cover the bridge of the song. There are some real challenges when it comes to making these chord changes and position shifts smoothly. There are good ways of doing these things, which result in ease of movement and good sound&#8230; and there are not so good ways.</p>
<p>Here are the good ways:</p>
<p>	<!-- Smart Youtube -->
	<span class="youtube">
		<object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="425" height="355" data="http://www.youtube.com/v/E03KVay2Gq0&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0&amp;feature=channel_page">
			<param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/E03KVay2Gq0&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0&amp;feature=channel_page" />
			<param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" />
			<param name="wmode" value="transparent" />
		</object>
	</span><a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E03KVay2Gq0">www.youtube.com/watch?v=E03KVay2Gq0</a></p>
<p>If you are serious about your playing, and would like to learn to play better than you do now, instead of just learning &#8220;more stuff&#8221; and playing it the same way, I urge you to visit www.guitarprinciples.com, where you will find the knowledge and training that will enable you to achieve your highest potential as a guitarist.</p>
<p>You can still find David&#8217;s original text for this lesson here: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps/">While My Guitar Gently Weeps -- A Finger Style / Chord Melody Arrangement</a></p>
<p>Or, if you prefer, there is a &#8220;condensed tablature version” that David created for the Guitar Noise blog here: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/1925/WMGGW-complete.gif">Download gif</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as”)</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to come by the Guitar Principles website (<a rel="external" href="http://www.guitarprinciples.com/">Guitar Principles</a>) and drop me a line if you have any questions or comments.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t miss Part 1 (<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video/">Performance Notes</a>) and Part 2 (<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-2/">Performance Notes for the Verses</a>) of this lesson!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-3/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8220;While My Guitar Gently Weeps&#8221; &#8211; Performance Notes for the Verses</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-2/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2009 06:15:24 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jamie Andreas</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video lessons]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2099</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In this second installment of her video lessons on the Guitar Noise arrangement of George Harrison's "While My Guitar Gently Weeps," guitar teacher extraordinaire Jamie Andreas guides you through the verses of the song with very clear and detailed step-by-step instruction, designed to help you with the fingering involved in the tricky chord changes.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, I am going to show you the micro-details of how I play the verse section of the arrangement. There are some tricky passages, and playing them easily and masterfully is all about fingering choices, and using the arm/hand/fingers in such a way that all movements are relaxed and ergonomic.</p>
<p>This means applying force to the strings in such a way that unnecessary tension is minimized and eliminated, and necessary tension is balanced when applied, and released when its job is done. That is what I am doing when you see me play. The video for this lesson can be found here:</p>
<p>	<!-- Smart Youtube -->
	<span class="youtube">
		<object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="425" height="355" data="http://www.youtube.com/v/tAjCxfTH1fc&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0">
			<param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/tAjCxfTH1fc&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0" />
			<param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" />
			<param name="wmode" value="transparent" />
		</object>
	</span><a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tAjCxfTH1fc">www.youtube.com/watch?v=tAjCxfTH1fc</a></p>
<p>You can still find David&#8217;s original text for this lesson here: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps/">While My Guitar Gently Weeps -- A Finger Style / Chord Melody Arrangement</a></p>
<p>Or, if you prefer, there is a “condensed tablature version” that David created for the Guitar Noise blog here: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/1925/WMGGW-complete.gif">Download gif</a> (Right-click and “Save as”)</p>
<p>If you are serious about your playing, and would like to learn to play better than you do now, instead of just learning &#8220;more stuff&#8221; and playing it the same way, I urge you to visit www.guitarprinciples.com, where you will find the knowledge and training that will enable you to achieve your highest potential as a guitarist. Please feel free to come by the Guitar Principles website (<a rel="external" href="http://www.guitarprinciples.com/">Guitar Principles</a>) and drop me a line if you have any questions or comments.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t miss the other two parts of this series: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video/">Part 1 -- Performance Notes</a> and <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-3/">Part 3 -- Performance Notes for the Bridge</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lay Lady Lay &#8211; Bob Dylan &#8211; Easy Songs for Beginners #40</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/lay-lady-lay/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/lay-lady-lay/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2009 13:10:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[easy songs for beginners]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fingerstyle]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2047</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Some of you may agree with the "Easy" label, but our arrangement of this Bob Dylan favorite (from the album, "Nashville Skyline") can be played very easily with the use of a capo, plus a very simple picking pattern. More important, though, is that is can be used as a great lesson to help you get used to switching between open position chords and basic barre chords. With some practice and patience, you should find yourself playing it well in no time.
]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="tab-takedown">
<br /><b>Where Did The Guitar Tab Go?</b><br />
On February 11, 2010 we received a letter from lawyers representing the <span title="National Music Publishers' Association">NMPA</span> and the  <span title="The Music Publishers' Association of the United States, Inc.">MPA</span> instructing us to remove guitar tab and lyrics from this page. You can read more about their <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/">complaint here</a>.</div>
<p>I suppose the first thing I&#8217;d better do is apologize for the word &#8220;easy&#8221; in putting this particular lesson in our &#8220;Easy Songs for Beginners&#8221; page. But that could, pardon the pun, easily be taken for being discouraging and, if you&#8217;ve read anything that I&#8217;ve ever written, let alone have taken any of my classes, you know the last thing I tend think about is being discouraging.</p>
<p>So, instead let me say that this lesson, a single guitar arrangement of <em>Lay Lady Lay</em>, a song a lot of people single out as one of their favorites of <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/">Bob Dylan</a>, is definitely going to pose some challenges. But rest assured these aren&#8217;t insurmountable challenges.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s dispense with the formalities and get right down to work, then, okay?</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<div id="liner-notes">
<h4>Liner Notes</h4>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/"><img style="border:1px solid #000;margin-bottom:12px;" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/wp-content/themes/hanoi/images/bob-dylan-sm.jpg" alt="Bob Dylan" width="250" height="170" /></a> Born in Duluth, Minnesota in 1941, Bob Dylan has released over sixty albums and compilations. No other songwriter from modern times has had as much cultural and musical significance.</p>
<p>We have several lessons on the music of Bob Dylan for easy guitar.</p>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/if-not-for-you/">If Not For You</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/tangled-up-in-blue/">Tangled Up In Blue</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/simple-twist-of-fate/">Simple Twist of Fate</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/buckets-of-rain/">Buckets of Rain</a></h5>
<p>For a complete list of lessons, articles and reviews check out our <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/">Bob Dylan</a> artist page.</p>
<p>For more on this song visit <a rel="external" href="http://www.fretbase.com/songs/6789-lay-lady-lay">Fretbase</a>.</div>
<p>Notice my use of the word &#8220;work.&#8221; Unlike many people, the word carries no bad connotations with me, and that may be why I have no problem expecting learning any song to involve some work. And that&#8217;s after close to thirty-five years of playing. There is little in life that is not going to involve some degree of work. So if you have a problem with the word &#8220;work,&#8221; you&#8217;re kind of setting yourself up with a ready excuse as to why you can&#8217;t do something. So now who&#8217;s being discouraging?</p>
<p>If anything else, I hope that those of you reading and learning from all the lessons and articles here on Guitar Noise understand and appreciate that nothing about learning the guitar involves magic, anymore than it truly involves me. You are the one putting the effort into learning and making things happen. I&#8217;m not much more than a glorified tour guide.</p>
<p>Perhaps a better way of putting it is that even though I&#8217;ve done a bit of work for you, putting things in order and arranging them as nicely as possible, you&#8217;ve got to also put in the work required for you to make the music happen. I&#8217;ll do my best to talk you through the stages as we go. Essentially, we&#8217;re going to take something that is slightly difficult and then deliberately make it more difficult in order to get better at our barre chord technique.</p>
<p>First off, let&#8217;s deal with some necessary preliminary steps. Structurally, <em>Lay Lady Lay</em> is made up of three verses. Each verse has an &#8220;A&#8221; section (the &#8220;lay lady lay&#8221; part) that consists of a four chord progression that repeats itself without the lyrics. This &#8220;A&#8221; section is then repeated as the second line of the verse and is followed by, a &#8220;B&#8221; section that lasts for two lines before the verse finishes with one last repetition of the &#8220;A&#8221; section.</p>
<p>If I go to a book of Bob Dylan songs or get the chords off the Internet or even just figure things out myself by ear, this is what I would come up with for the first verse:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/1.gif --></p>
<p>You can see how the verse breaks itself into the AABA pattern.</p>
<p>Now, I don&#8217;t know about you, but just seeing that C#m listed there is enough to make me think about changing to a key with easier guitar chords. We&#8217;re obviously in the key of A major (although there is a very interesting thing going on that we&#8217;ll discuss in a moment), and that&#8217;s usually going to involve a few barre chords. I&#8217;m counting three here, C#m, Bm and F#m, and even though there are ways of getting around these particular chords, I&#8217;m still thinking things might go better with a change of key.</p>
<p>Fortunately, I have read <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/basic-guide-to-transposing/">Turning Notes into Stone</a>, which explains how to transpose and I&#8217;m ready to change all of the chords to their appropriate matches in the key of G:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/2.gif --></p>
<p>But this doesn&#8217;t help all that much as now I&#8217;ve got to deal with both Bm and F. I have gotten rid of one barre chord, since the F#m in the key of A is now an Em in the key of G, so I guess that&#8217;s a small victory. Plus, if I throw a capo on the second fret (as I do in all the MP3 examples for this lesson), then I&#8217;m back in the original key of A.</p>
<p>Better yet, I know ways of playing the Bm and F chords that don&#8217;t involve full barres. Even better, using these particular chord voicings create a natural descending bass line, even though it&#8217;s all way up on the D (fourth) string. Let&#8217;s start with G, and then use a &#8220;four string&#8221; version of Bm where the F# note at the fourth fret of the D string is the bass note. Most people will finger this chord with the index finger on the second fret of the high E (first) string, the middle finger on the third fret of the B string, the pinky on the fourth fret of the G string and then the ring finger on the fourth fret of the D. Technically speaking, we can call this chord, &#8220;Bm/F#&#8221; even though most chord books will list it simply as &#8220;Bm.&#8221;</p>
<p>From there we&#8217;ll go to the typical &#8220;beginner&#8217;s F&#8221; chord, you know, the one where you lay your index finger across the first fret of both the high E (first) and B strings, while your middle finger is at the second fret of the G string and your middle finger gets the third fret of the D string.</p>
<p>Finally, there&#8217;s the basic open position Am chord, but in keeping with the walking descending bass line, let&#8217;s not play either the low E (sixth) string or even the open A string and let the E note at the second fret of the D string be our bass note.</p>
<p>Putting all this together and using a basic Travis style finger pattern, such as those we&#8217;ve used in other lessons, we can put together something like this:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/3.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/4.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Think of this particular pattern as a slight variation of the pinch that you used in the lesson on <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/dust-in-the-wind/">Dust in the Wind</a></em>. Because we&#8217;re working with sixteenth notes, the thumb will be counting off both the &#8220;beat&#8221; (the &#8220;numbers&#8221;) as well as the offbeats (the &#8220;ands&#8221; between the numbers) while the fingers will hit the notes in between. So, following this last example, start with a pinch (both finger and thumb) of both high and low E strings on the first beat and then pick the D string with the thumb on the &#8220;and&#8221; between beats one and two. This will be followed by a hit of the B string and then the high E (first) string with the fingers (usually index and middle, respectively) and then the thumb will get the G string on the &#8220;and&#8221; between beats two and three.</p>
<p>This is not an easy pattern to get right out of the box, so don&#8217;t get discouraged if it doesn&#8217;t go well at first. I&#8217;ve included a &#8220;variation&#8221; that uses the thumb on every beat and offbeat and for some of you this might prove a helpful starting place. But this will sound better once you get the hang of it, so don&#8217;t give up! As with all finger picking patterns, the hardest step isn&#8217;t usually getting it into your fingers &#8211; it&#8217;s being able to stop and then switch to another pattern when you want to!</p>
<p>When you switch to the following chords, your bass note will now be on the D string, so your first pinch will be with the thumb on the D and a finger on the high E (first) string, while your second note with the thumb will be on the G string. And this pattern will hold throughout the remaining three chords.</p>
<p>Before we move on, let&#8217;s take a minute and look at this progression. We go from G to Bm and then to F and Am. In the key of G, G is obviously the root (the &#8220;I&#8221; chord) while Bm is the &#8220;iii&#8221; chord. It&#8217;s not the strongest of progressions, in fact it&#8217;s very gentle and subtle and maybe that&#8217;s why Dylan went with it as it fits the mood of the song very nicely. The next chord, F, may seem out of place, but in the key of F, F is the root (&#8220;I&#8221;) and wouldn&#8217;t you just be surprised to find out that Am is the &#8220;iii&#8221; chord? Basically what&#8217;s going on here is that we&#8217;ve got one &#8220;I &#8211; iii&#8221; progression followed by another. And since Am is also the &#8220;ii&#8221; chord in the key of G, going from Am to G would be &#8220;ii &#8211; I&#8221; in our original key, another very gentle sounding cadence. I only mention all this because I find this sort of thing interesting, not only from a theory point of view, but also from a songwriter&#8217;s perspective.</p>
<p>Anyway, you can, if you&#8217;d like, use this pattern and these chord voicings for the entire song and consider the lesson over. Simply skip down to the final example and you&#8217;ll find all the chords in a nice &#8220;cheat sheet&#8221; format and you&#8217;d good to go. But if you&#8217;d like to get some more work and to, hopefully, get better at playing, then come along and let&#8217;s tackle some barre chords.</p>
<p>Why? Because while it&#8217;s entirely possible to play guitar all your life and not ever use a single barre chord, you are ultimately limiting much of what you can play. And the only way you&#8217;re going to get better at them is to <em>use</em> them. Sitting around talking about how you can&#8217;t do them will certainly prove yourself right, but you deserve to treat yourself better than that.</p>
<p>And it&#8217;s one thing to strum barre chords, especially on an electric guitar. Try finger picking them on an acoustic if you&#8217;d like to get better at them in a hurry!</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/5.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This example uses essentially the same finger picking pattern as before, but every chord voicing, with the exception of the Am, is a barre chord. Fortunately, these barre chords are relatively similar and also very close together on the fretboard, so this makes things a little easier for you as you switch from chord to chord.</p>
<p>On the G chord, your index finger barres all six strings at the third fret while your middle finger is on the fourth fret of the G, your pinky is on the fifth fret of the D and your ring finger is on the fifth fret of the A string. If you think about it, your fingers are forming the same shape as the open position E chord. And thinking about your fingers being in this specific shape will help you a lot as you shift from chord to chord.</p>
<p>When changing from the G to the Bm, you want to slightly raise your index finger so that you can shift it down to the second fret (try to stay across all six string even though you&#8217;ll only be picking five of them) and, as you shift your index finger, also &#8220;relocate&#8221; your E shape so that it&#8217;s now an &#8220;Am&#8221; shape, that is, try to transfer all your fingers at one go instead of painstakingly placing them one at a time on the fretboard. You don&#8217;t need me to tell you that this is going to be, in all likelihood, a big train wreck the first few (or few dozen) times out. But as your fingers get to understanding what you want them to do, they will seemingly get better a little at a time until you should find that you are handling the change fairly well at a slow speed. And, as you already know, more speed will come with more repetition.</p>
<p>Moving from Bm to F involves more of the same, only this time you&#8217;re going back to the E shape. And use the Am at the end of the progression as a chance to catch your breath before doing it all again.</p>
<p>I cannot stress enough that this will probably take most of you some time to get down. Hopefully you understand that something like this is worth the effort on your part. One day you will wake up and think that you just play barre chords by magic, but the fact is that all the time that you&#8217;re spending now on this progression will play a big part of that seeming magic.</p>
<p>Again, you can feel free to call it quits here. But if you want to step up to the next challenge, then by all means, let&#8217;s continue:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/6.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>At first glance, this doesn&#8217;t seem all that different from our last example, but it is in a very important way. The first chord, G, is in open position and the second and third chords (the Bm and F) are barres. So that means you&#8217;re going to be working on making the shift from the open position G to the Bm barre. To make it even more interesting, I&#8217;ve put the F# note at the second fret of the low E (sixth) string, the bass note (I told you earlier there was a reason to barre all six strings on this chord!), so that the bass line now mimics our original &#8220;open position&#8221; bass line from Example 1. It&#8217;s simply an octave lower on the Bm, F and Am chords.</p>
<p>If you play your G chord with your index finger on the second fret of the A string, then you&#8217;ve got a head start on making the transition to the Bm a little smoother as all you&#8217;ll need do is to stretch it out over the six strings at the second fret. Also take advantage of the fact that your finger picking pattern uses a lot of open strings, which will help you to get a bit of a jump in making the chord change.</p>
<p>Even after all the work you did on the &#8220;barre chords only&#8221; progression of Example 2, this is going to take more energy and effort on your part. I can only tell you that it will, in the long run, be worth every bit of it. I hope you can trust me on that!</p>
<p>One of the (many) reasons for all this dealing with barre chords is that the technique of barring can help you out a lot even when you&#8217;re not playing barre chords. Confused? Well, let&#8217;s look at our next example to shed a little light on that:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/7.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This latest pattern is a dead ringer for our first pattern but I&#8217;ve decided that I&#8217;d like my single guitar arrangement of <em>Lay Lady Lay</em> to contain some of the textures of the pedal steel guitar that accompanies Dylan in the original recording. Absurd, you say? Well, I certainly cannot make my acoustic sound like a pedal steel, even on a good day. But by mimicking some of the notes and licks by use of a hammer-on, such as at the end of both the Bm and F chords here in this example, I can give the listener a bit of the flavor of the pedal steel guitar and hope that his or her mind fills in the rest.</p>
<p>The easiest way of getting these particular notes, you might notice, is by raising and lowering my index finger, just as if I were barring the second fret (for the Bm) or first fret (for the F). And if I want to emphasize the very low bass notes, as we did in Example 3, this would be the only way of accomplishing this. So now you&#8217;ve got another excellent reason for keeping up with the barre chord work.</p>
<p>Okay, just to keep this lesson from being too one dimensional, let&#8217;s tackle the &#8220;B&#8221; section of the verse:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/8.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/9.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>In order to give this section a bit of its own identity, I&#8217;ve changed the picking pattern to more of a &#8220;straight down and up&#8221; sort of arpeggio while keeping the rhythm of the finger pattern of &#8220;Section A.&#8221; Note the use of the E (second fret of the D string) as the first bass note in the Em chord. This mimics the bass player in the original recording. Playing the B at the second fret of the A string for the second of bass note of the Em chord makes a nice lead down to the G (third fret of the low E (sixth) string) that starts the second measure.</p>
<p>This section also contains what most folks think of as the &#8220;signature lick&#8221; of this song, namely the little ornamentation at the end of the second measure. To play this, start by fingering an Am7 chord (x02010) and pinch only the D and B strings (the ones where your fingers are on). After performing the pinch, pull-off your fingers on <em>both</em> strings. Remember that you always want to tug <em>down</em> a little when you make a pull-off. That&#8217;s what gives you a good clear sounding of the notes of the open strings.</p>
<p>On the original recording, there is a slight variation on this lick, which I&#8217;ve included in our last example. To play this, first you&#8217;ll need to form a different voicing of Am7 (x02013) that uses either your ring finger or pinky on the third fret of the high E (first) string. Once you&#8217;ve formed your chord, play a &#8220;three finger pinch,&#8221; plucking the D string with your thumb, the B string with the index finger and the high E (first) string with your middle finger and then perform the pull-off on the D and B strings as before while leaving whichever finger you have on the third fret of the high E (first) string, firmly in place.</p>
<p>This signature riff, as well as the &#8220;multi-finger pinch,&#8221; shows up again in the bridge:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/10.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/11.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/12.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/13.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY6.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I should note that I deliberately used both the finger patterns from &#8220;Section A&#8221; and &#8220;Section B&#8221; for the bridge, but you can feel free to go with either one or the other. Truth be told, I originally wrote it all out in the style of &#8220;Section B&#8221; but found myself playing the first measure of the bridge in the style of &#8220;Section A&#8221; and subsequently re-wrote the music! Sometimes your fingers just do what they want to do!</p>
<p>In the second and sixth measures, you&#8217;ll find three block chords (D, Em and G) that require a multi-finger pinch. The easiest solution is to use the thumb on the bass note (the open D string or the open low E (sixth) or the G at the third fret of that same string), the ring finger on the high E (first) string, the middle finger on the B string and the index finger on the G string. Another possible method is to use any finger to &#8220;sweep&#8217; across all three high strings in an upstroke motion while playing the bass note with the thumb. Both techniques work fine.</p>
<p>In the final measure of the bridge, I throw in another little guitar lick, taken directly from the original recording. This involves playing the open high E (first) string, and then playing the D note at the third fret of the B string before pulling off to sound the open B. After all the work you&#8217;ve done so far, this should prove to be a snap.</p>
<p>To put the finishing touches on our arrangement, let&#8217;s add an outro:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/14.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY7.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Here the chords simply ascend up the G major scale, going from G to Am to Bm and then to C. Surprisingly, this is the first use of this chord that normally shows up every two to three chords in the key of G!</p>
<p>This entails a little more complicated picking pattern than before, but you can also use either the pattern from &#8220;Section A&#8221; or &#8220;Section B&#8221; of the verse if you&#8217;d prefer. Try, though, to pinch the first notes of the chord that I&#8217;ve written out as it makes for a very nice melodic line to close the song, moving from the open B string to the C note at the first fret to the D note at the third fret and then to the open E of the first string. Once there, use your pinky to get the G note at the third fret of the first string and then slide the pinky up to the seventh fret for the final note. When you&#8217;ve reached it, you&#8217;ll also play the G note at the third fret of the low E (sixth) string with your index finger. This is a bit of a stretch and normally I wouldn&#8217;t think about trying it, but having the capo at the second fret makes this a lot easier and, again, it mimics the slide guitar part played on the original recording.</p>
<p>And now that we have all our pieces in place, let&#8217;s try out the whole thing:</p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/takedown/"><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/takedown.gif" alt="Takedown Notice" /></a><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/15.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/16.gif --><br />
<!-- http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2047/17.gif --></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY8.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I hope that you&#8217;ve hung out and tried the various exercises and techniques involved in this lesson. Part of this, obviously, is meant to both encourage and light a fire under you to get you going on feeling more comfortable with barre chords. Part of it is selfish, as well. We&#8217;re going to be doing some lessons in the very near future on Jack Johnson songs that will actually be less involved than what you&#8217;ve just accomplished and I don&#8217;t want to have to put all of these songs in the &#8220;Intermediates&#8221; section when you truly would be able to handle them if you simply worked a little on them with some concentrated effort.</p>
<p>Anyway, I also hope that you had fun with it as well. This is a beautiful song that you&#8217;ll probably find yourself playing over and over again and wondering what all the fuss about barre chords was about in the first place!</p>
<p>As always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/">Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s &#8220;Guitar Noise Lessons&#8221;</a> page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/lay-lady-lay/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY1.mp3" length="769043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY2.mp3" length="753161" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY3.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY4.mp3" length="769043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY5.mp3" length="1153148" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY6.mp3" length="897357" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY7.mp3" length="417122" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2047/LAYLADY8.mp3" length="3041070" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY1.mp3" length="769043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY2.mp3" length="753161" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY3.mp3" length="529135" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY4.mp3" length="769043" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY5.mp3" length="1153148" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY6.mp3" length="897357" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY7.mp3" length="417122" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2047/LAYLADY8.mp3" length="3041070" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>&#8220;While My Guitar Gently Weeps&#8221; &#8211; Performance Notes</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2009 00:30:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Jamie Andreas</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chord melody]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[song arrangement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video lessons]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2041</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Guitar Noise bids a heartfelt "welcome back" to Jamie Andreas of Guitar Prinicples (www.guitarprinciples.com). Jamie has honored us by putting together a series of video lessons of performance notes for our Guitar Noise arrangement of George Harrison's "While My Guitar Gently Weeps." She has a wonderful way of explaining the hows and whys of finger positioning and you're in for a treat. Enjoy this first lesson and rest assured more are on the way.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this lesson, I am going to show you how I go about playing this piece, the Guitar Noise fingerstyle / melody arrangement of <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/george-harrison/">George Harrison&#8217;s</a> &#8220;<a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps/">While My Guitar Gently Weeps</a>.&#8221; First of all, I will explain the fingering I am using, and why I am using it. Choosing the right fingering for what we play is an essential step toward mastering the music.</p>
<p>Beyond the fingering, much of what I will explain to you would not otherwise be obvious, or even visible to you. This is because much of what developed players are doing when they play, all those things that &#8220;make it look easy&#8221;, are, in fact, invisible. You would never know what I or some other player is really doing just by watching. Much of the time, the player doesn&#8217;t really know themselves!</p>
<p>Well, you&#8217;re going to know now!</p>
<p>At Guitar Principles, we are dedicated to your excellence as a guitar player, and my system of learning and playing guitar is for those of you who are likewise dedicated to your excellence. You are going to see, in this lesson, the application of many aspects of my methods, and it will help you greatly to play this piece and everything else you play.</p>
<p>For those players who would like to go deeper, from the application of these methods of guitar mastery, to the actual foundation of them, you are always welcome to visit <a rel="external" href="http://www.guitarprinciples.com">Guitar Principles</a>, where you will find the knowledge and training that will enable you to master all the wonderful music, like this arrangement by David Hodge, that you find on <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/">www.guitarnoise.com</a>!</p>
<p>	<!-- Smart Youtube -->
	<span class="youtube">
		<object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="425" height="355" data="http://www.youtube.com/v/P76DWglLsPE&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0">
			<param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/P76DWglLsPE&amp;rel=1&amp;color1=d6d6d6&amp;color2=f0f0f0&amp;border=0&amp;fs=1&amp;hl=en&amp;autoplay=0&amp;showinfo=0&amp;iv_load_policy=3&amp;showsearch=0" />
			<param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" />
			<param name="wmode" value="transparent" />
		</object>
	</span><a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P76DWglLsPE">www.youtube.com/watch?v=P76DWglLsPE</a></p>
<p>You can find the tablature here: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/1925/WMGGW-complete.gif">Download gif</a> (Right-click and “Save as”)</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t miss the next two parts of this lesson: <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-2/">Part 2 -- Performance Notes for the Verses</a> and <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video-3/">Part 3 -- Performance Notes for the Bridge</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/while-my-guitar-gently-weeps-video/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Buckets Of Rain &#8211; Bob Dylan &#8211; Songs for Intermediates #27</title>
		<link>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/buckets-of-rain/</link>
		<comments>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/buckets-of-rain/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2009 15:01:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>David Hodge</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Guitar Lessons]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guitar lessons with audio]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[songs for intermediates]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.guitarnoise.com/?p=2031</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Here is a rather faithful arrangement of the closing song from Bob Dylan's immortal album, "Blood on the Tracks." Using open D (or open E) tuning, as well as a steady (and incredibly easy) bass part, it's easy to make this song sound really good. And, it's excellent practice both for honing your finger picking technique as well as for developing a good sense of syncopation.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since we&#8217;ve been doing a lot of finger style guitar work of late here in the Songs for Intermediates pages, and since we&#8217;re celebrating <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/">Bob Dylan&#8217;s</a> birthday by having him as Guitar Noise&#8217;s featured artist this month, let&#8217;s try our hand at <em>Buckets of Rain</em>, the closing song from the classic <em>Blood on the Tracks</em> album. It may seem like it&#8217;s going to be a lot of work, but once you&#8217;re comfortable with the basic pattern, it&#8217;s not all that hard to play. And it also offers us a chance to develop our ability to play syncopated rhythms, not to mention making us sharpen our sliding technique.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;ve not been keeping up with your finger picking, it wouldn&#8217;t hurt to check out our two lessons on basic Travis finger style guitar, <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/basic-travis-finger-picking/">Let Your Fingers Do the Talking</a> and especially <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/basic-travis-finger-picking-part-2/">Add a Pinch</a>. You could also give yourself some added (and practical) practice by going through the recent lessons on <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/dust-in-the-wind/">Dust in the Wind</a></em> or <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/feelin-groovy/">The 59th Street Bridge Song (Feelin&#8217; Groovy)</a></em> if you so desire.</p>
<p>So if you&#8217;re ready, then let&#8217;s get to it&#8230;</p>
<p>These files are the author&#8217;s own work and represent his interpretation of this song. They are intended solely for private study, scholarship or research.</p>
<div id="liner-notes">
<h4>Liner Notes</h4>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/"><img style="border:1px solid #000;margin-bottom:12px;" src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/wp-content/themes/hanoi/images/bob-dylan-sm.jpg" alt="Bob Dylan" width="250" height="170" /></a> Born in Duluth, Minnesota in 1941, Bob Dylan has released over sixty albums and compilations. No other songwriter from modern times has had as much cultural and musical significance.</p>
<p>We have several lessons on the music of Bob Dylan for easy guitar.</p>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/if-not-for-you/">If Not For You</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/tangled-up-in-blue/">Tangled Up In Blue</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/simple-twist-of-fate/">Simple Twist of Fate</a></h5>
<h5><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/lay-lady-lay/">Lay Lady Lay</a></h5>
<p>For a complete list of lessons, articles and reviews check out our <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/artist/bob-dylan/">Bob Dylan</a> artist page.</p>
<p>For more on this song visit <a rel="external" href="http://www.fretbase.com/songs/4120-buckets-of-rain">Fretbase</a>.</div>
<p>We already have two song lessons here at Guitar Noise from <em>Blood on the Tracks</em>, and I&#8217;d like to direct your attention to one of them, <em><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/simple-twist-of-fate/">Simple Twist of Fate</a></em>, because <em>Buckets of Rain</em> is also in open tuning. On the album, this song is played in open E tuning (although if memory serves me well, it&#8217;s slightly off (perhaps sharp?) on the original recording), but we&#8217;re going to use open D and you can find a discussion as to why in the aforementioned lesson. Also, all the MP3 files will be in open D tuning and not in open E.</p>
<p>And just in case you&#8217;ve forgotten how to get into open D tuning, we&#8217;ll take a minute to refresh your memory. In this tuning the strings are, from low to high, DADF#AD. There are, of course, all sorts of ways to go about changing from standard to open D, but you might find it helpful to use the following steps, provided that your guitar is already tuned in standard (EADGBE) tuning:</p>
<ol>
<li>Tune the low E (sixth) string down to D by matching it against the D (fourth) string. The newly tuned string will be an octave lower.</li>
<li>Tune the high E (first) string down to D by matching it against the D (fourth) string. The newly tuned string will be an octave higher.</li>
<li>Tune the B (second) string down to A by matching it against the A (fifth) string. The newly tuned string will be an octave higher.</li>
<li>Tune the G (third) string down to F# by matching it against the F# note at the fourth fret of the D (fourth) string.</li>
</ol>
<p>Okay, you&#8217;re all set. Here we go!</p>
<p>Stylistically and structurally, <em>Buckets of Rain</em> is kind of a throwback to those old acoustic blues and folk songs. You could make a good argument for it being &#8220;old timey&#8221; music. A lot of this comes from the arrangement &#8211; the guitar is essentially playing along with the melody line, really more like darting all around it so that the guitar lines and the melody lines resemble two birds playfully chasing each other on a spring morning. All the while the bass just harps away at two notes, both D, creating a solid rhythmic drone that the voice and guitar play over.</p>
<p>In essence, this song is simply three four-measure phrases, one for each line of the verse. There are a few musical interludes, but they are essentially just repeats of the three phrases, although there is one distinct variation of the first phrase, which we&#8217;ll run across a little later in this lesson.</p>
<p>Pretty much all the fingering you&#8217;re going to be doing will be on the first (high D) and third (F#) strings. There will be a brief use of the high A (second) string, but other than that, you&#8217;ll be focusing much of your fretting attention on just two strings.</p>
<h3>The Bass Line</h3>
<p>It&#8217;s that bass part that is actually one of the things that will make this lesson both easy and hard at the same time. You want it to (hopefully) stay steady throughout the entire song. Regardless of what else is going on, you&#8217;re going to use your thumb as a metronome, alternating on the beats between the low D (sixth) string and the &#8220;standard&#8221; or regular D of the open fourth string, like so:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/1.gif" alt="Example 1" width="546" height="241" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS1.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>As I said, this may seem way too easy right now, but trust me, there&#8217;ll be no end of chances to totally blow the bass once you get going on the &#8220;finger&#8221; part of the song. If you listen closely enough, you&#8217;ll even hear me drop the bass part for a beat or two in the final MP3 for this lesson. So take the time to get this into your fingers and practice keeping the beat steady and even. When you can play this smoothly and hold a conversation while keeping the beat, then you&#8217;re ready to move on. And this shouldn&#8217;t take all that long.</p>
<p>Remember, too, that this is your fallback point. If you totally lose it, then just drop everything else and get back to putting this bass line together. Think of it as your safety net, if you&#8217;d like.</p>
<h3>The First Phrase</h3>
<p>Once you have the bass down solid, the real fun begins. Here is what we&#8217;ll call &#8220;Phrase 1.&#8221; It needs to be four measures long so you have to repeat it twice. In the notation, I&#8217;ve tried to indicate all the bass notes (played with the thumb) via notes with downturned stems and the notes for your fingers with notes having upturned stems:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/2.gif" alt="Example 2" width="507" height="315" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS2.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Becoming more adept in playing syncopated guitar pieces, and being able to create swinging, syncopated rhythms on your own, is probably the main point of this entire lesson, so we might as well get right to it. First, get the fingers of your fretting hand in place. You&#8217;ll probably want to use your index finger on the first fret of the F# (third) string and your middle finger on the high D (first) string, although you certainly can use other fingerings if this feels uncomfortable.</p>
<p>On the first beat, you&#8217;re going to pinch the low D (sixth) and F# (third) strings with your thumb and index finger, respectively. On the &#8220;and&#8221; between the first and second beats, you&#8217;ll pick the high D (first) string with your middle finger. Some of you will feel more comfortable using your ring finger and that&#8217;s fine. Others will want to use only your index finger, no matter how complicated things get. That&#8217;s alright, too, as long as it doesn&#8217;t keep you from maintaining a steady beat.</p>
<p>Hang on to those notes that you&#8217;re fingering and let them ring, even as you hit the regular D (fourth) string with your thumb on the second beat and then slide both fingers two frets up the neck, coming to rest at the third fret of the F# (third) string and the fourth fret of the high D (first) string on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the second and third beats. Then finish up the measure with another hit of each of the bass notes &#8211; low D (sixth string) on the third beat and &#8220;middle&#8221; D (fourth string) on the last beat. Congratulations! You&#8217;ve gotten through the first measure.</p>
<p>Now get your fingers back to where they were at the start of the first measure to begin the second one. You&#8217;ll start out exactly the same for the first beat-and-a-half. This time, though, instead of sliding up the neck on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the first and second beat, you&#8217;ll perform a pull off on both strings, letting the open first and fourth strings ring out while you complete the third and fourth beats of the second measure.</p>
<p>And do yourself a favor &#8211; don&#8217;t think that this is something so easy that you should pick it up immediately. Most people don&#8217;t. Depending on just how far you&#8217;ve come in your guitar adventures, it&#8217;s probably going to take some concentrated effort and repetition to get this right. But, as with most of the material you&#8217;ve learned up to this point, it won&#8217;t take a great deal of time before you find yourself in a groove and just playing these two measures over and over again.</p>
<p>Incidentally, this is one of those occasions where playing something slowly may not be as helpful as it usually is. It&#8217;s very hard to get good slides and pull-offs at exaggeratedly slow tempos. One thing you can do while you&#8217;re getting your fretting fingers used to performing these functions is to pinch the notes in question on that &#8220;and&#8221; between the second and third beat. There&#8217;s no shame in doing so. Some people actually prefer the extra punch you get playing those notes with a bit more attack.</p>
<p>Those familiar with our lessons at Guitar Noise know by now that this is just the tip of the iceberg. When you have this initial pattern down as a template, you can come up with all sorts of other variations for it. Here&#8217;s one, for example:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/3.gif" alt="Example 3" width="476" height="299" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS3.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>In this variation, I forgo the two-fret slide and try to nail each note along the F# (third) string. This can be done in all sorts of ways &#8211; a series of small slides or sliding from the first fret to the second fret and then hammering-on to the third or even hammering on each of the first three frets, which would mean using the pinky to get the note on the fourth fret of the high D (first) string.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s also the use of more syncopation &#8211; playing the open F# (third) string on the &#8220;and&#8221; after the fourth beat and then doing a hammer-on to the first fret of that string, landing at the first beat of the next measure.</p>
<p>The point is that you should, once you&#8217;re comfortable with the &#8220;template,&#8221; play around and come up with things on your own. I&#8217;ll give you a little tip in this regard &#8211; sometimes just trying to work out a few measures like this you end up hitting a &#8220;wrong&#8221; note or missing a half beat or maybe performing a hammer-on because you didn&#8217;t get to a particular note fast enough. You might find you actually like how the &#8220;mistake&#8221; sounds and presto! It becomes a &#8220;variation!&#8221; It&#8217;s kind of cool how that can work out sometimes.</p>
<h3>The Second Phrase</h3>
<p>The second measure of what I call &#8220;Phrase 2&#8243; is probably the trickiest part of the whole lesson. Take a look and listen before we get started:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/4.gif" alt="Example 4 part 1" width="462" height="280" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/5.gif" alt="Example 4 part 2" width="467" height="215" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS4.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>Starting out with good fingering here will help you immensely with performing the whole phrase. Most of you should feel most comfortable beginning the first measure with your index finger on the first fret of the F# (third) string and your middle finger on the second fret of the high A (second) string, and you certainly already know that these fingerings are simply suggestions. Feel free to do otherwise. However you decide to finger these frets, you should find the first measure of this phrase mostly harmless, as the saying goes.</p>
<p>Using the suggested fingering frees up your ring finger to perform the pull-offs and hammer-ons involving the high D (first) string that take place in the second measure.</p>
<p>Unlike the first phrase, you should probably go at this second one, at least this second measure of it, at a deliberately slow pace in order to get the timing under your belt. You want the combination hammer-on / pull-off on the third beat to be exactly as written &#8211; two sixteenth notes and one eighth note &#8211; and not play it as a triplet. It&#8217;s not that you can&#8217;t play it that way, but rather that you will derail your sense of timing if you do play it as a triplet.</p>
<p>You want to make certain that the last note of this second measure, the F# created by the pull-off on the third string at the last half of the fourth beat, rings out through the start of the following measure. That&#8217;s why it appears in parenthesis in Measure 3.</p>
<p>On the MP3 example that accompanies &#8220;Phrase 2,&#8221; you&#8217;ll hear this phrase done twice. The second time I added a small variation by playing a hammer-on to the second fret of the high A (second) string. The timing of that would be just like the hammer-on / pull-off combo we just discussed. This would mean hitting the open high D (first) string right on the second beat at the same time your thumb is hitting the middle D (fourth) string for the bass note.</p>
<p>And it goes without saying that you can come up with any number of variations for this phrase, too.</p>
<h3>The Third Phrase</h3>
<p>The third phrase, &#8220;Phrase 3&#8243; in the notation / tablature examples, sounds like it came straight from any number of blues or old folk tunes. And it&#8217;s a great lick to have at your beck and call:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/6.gif" alt="Example 5 part 1" width="458" height="270" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/7.gif" alt="Example 5 part 2" width="455" height="220" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS5.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>And while it&#8217;s a little on the tricky side, this isn&#8217;t anything you can&#8217;t handle, especially after what you&#8217;ve managed to do so far! The real trick is in making the slides very deliberate.</p>
<p>For starters, take advantage of the fact that the second phrase ended with a complete measure of not needing to have any fretted notes (isn&#8217;t it great how some things just work out this way? It&#8217;s almost as if it was planned or something!), which gives you more than enough time to move your fingers up the neck and in position.</p>
<p>Probably the simplest way to finger this is to have your index finger set at the seventh fret of the F# (third) string and your middle finger on the seventh fret of the high D (first) string. On the first beat, you&#8217;ll again pinch the low D (sixth) and F# strings and then pluck the high D (first) string on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the first and second beat. Again, keep your fingers on the strings and let them ring.</p>
<p>You&#8217;ll begin the second beat in the usual way, hitting the middle D (fourth) string with your thumb and then use a finger (probably the index) to pick the F# string on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the second and third beat. After you&#8217;ve picked that note, slide your index finger down to the fifth fret of the same string. This slide has to be in time with the picking of your thumb so that you land on that fifth fret at the same moment (or as close to it as humanly possible) that your thumb picks the low D (sixth) string at the start of the third beat.</p>
<p>Also, be sure your index finger comes along with you and is sitting at the fifth fret of the high D (first) string. You don&#8217;t have to, and probably don&#8217;t want to, slide hard enough to make a note. Just kind of have the middle finger come along for the ride. Because then, on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the third and fourth beat, you want to play that note on the fifth fret of the high D, right where your middle finger should be sitting.</p>
<p>You&#8217;ll repeat this process two more times. The next slide occurs right after striking the fifth fret of the F# string again on the &#8220;and&#8221; after the fourth beat of the first measure. You want to get to the third fret of that string at the first beat of the second measure (and my apologies that the music notation does not seem to want to do this for me and I had to put it in the second measure instead of &#8220;between&#8221; them!). Here, during this particular slide, some of you might find it easier to switch off of your middle finger and let the ring finger take over fretting duties on the high D (first) string, handling the fourth fret in this instance.</p>
<p>There&#8217;s one last slide, from the third fret of the F# (third) string to the first fret of that same string that occurs on the &#8220;and&#8221; between the second and third beat of the second measure. And since the note being played on the high D (first) string is on the second fret, keeping the ring finger in position seems the easiest way to handle this. On the last half of the fourth beat, you&#8217;ll do another double pull-off to sound the open first and third strings and let those two notes run over into the following measure (again, that&#8217;s why they&#8217;re in parentheses).</p>
<p>Making sure that your slides are more like eighth notes and less like grace notes is important, so it won&#8217;t hurt (and never does) to count out loud in order to help yourself be in the right place at the right time.</p>
<p>As far as variations go, you probably aren&#8217;t going to want to mess too much with this particular phrase, especially if you&#8217;re singing and playing at the same time! But you&#8217;ve ample space during the last two measures to add a personal touch or two.</p>
<h3>The &#8220;Interlude&#8221; Phrase</h3>
<p>As mentioned earlier, <em>Buckets of Rain</em> is pretty much these twelve measures repeated over and over and over and over again. They are played, just the way we&#8217;ve done, first as an introduction and then they serve as the structure of the verses. And they are played as an interlude between the five verses of the song. And they also serve as an outro, played after the fifth verse.</p>
<p>Obviously, one could very easily be bored with this arrangement. Dylan solved this by coming up with an &#8220;interlude verse&#8221; that begins with a different take on &#8220;Phrase 1&#8243; and it goes like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/8.gif" alt="Example 6" width="526" height="318" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS6.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>This is played much like the first phrase, only the fingered notes and sliding are much further up the neck and, owing to the use of the C note at the tenth fret of the high D (first) string, give the phrase a strong blues-y feel.</p>
<p>Sliding this high up on the neck, particularly on an acoustic guitar, offers plenty of challenges. Many of you may prefer plucking the note at the twelfth fret of the high D (first) string with your middle or ring finger to give it a bit more of an attack. You&#8217;ll definitely hear me do that in the MP3 files &#8211; maybe a little overboard, in fact!</p>
<p>Speaking of which, let&#8217;s put the whole thing together, shall we? On the original recording the outro consists of a &#8220;regular verse&#8221; followed by the &#8220;interlude verse.&#8221; I like to add one last repetition of Phrase 3 for good measure.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/9.gif" alt="Buckets of Rain part 1" width="469" height="485" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/10.gif" alt="Buckets of Rain part 2" width="477" height="454" /><br />
<img src="http://www.guitarnoise.com/images/articles/2031/11.gif" alt="Buckets of Rain part 3" width="379" height="392" /></p>
<p><a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/audio/2031/BUCKETS7.mp3">Download mp3</a> (Right-click and &#8220;Save as&#8221;)</p>
<p>I hope you enjoyed this truly fun song and managed to work out a little more concerning syncopation in fingerstyle guitar work. Remember that if you want to be closer to the actual recording, you want to play this with a capo on the second fret, which will move you up from open D to open E tuning.</p>
<p>And, as always, please feel free to post your questions and suggestions on the <a href="http://www.guitarnoise.com/forums/">Guitar Noise Forum&#8217;s</a> &#8220;Guitar Noise Lessons&#8221; page or email me directly at dhodgeguitar@aol.com.</p>
<p>Until our next lesson&#8230;</p>
<p>Peace</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.guitarnoise.com/lesson/buckets-of-rain/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS1.mp3" length="369057" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS2.mp3" length="657448" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS3.mp3" length="561318" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS4.mp3" length="1377174" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS5.mp3" length="593083" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS6.mp3" length="721396" type="audio/mpeg" />
<enclosure url="http://www.guitarnoise.us/onstage/audio/2031/BUCKETS7.mp3" length="2449239" type="audio/mpeg" />
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
